]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texi
RISCV changes broke 32-bit --enable-targets=all
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b3adc24a 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
43@ifset BPF
44@set BPF
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b3adc24a 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b3adc24a 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
31bf1864 233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-<N>}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
66f8b2cb 234 [@b{--gdwarf-cie-version}=@var{VERSION}]
b40bf0a2 235 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 238 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 239 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
240 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
241 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
242 [@b{--statistics}]
243 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
244 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
245 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 246 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 247 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 248 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
249 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
250 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 251@c
6387924a 252@c man end
a4fb0134 253@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 254@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 255@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
256@ifset AARCH64
257
258@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 260 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 261@end ifset
625e1353
RH
262@ifset ALPHA
263
264@emph{Target Alpha options:}
265 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
266 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 267 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
268 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
269 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
270@end ifset
252b5132 271@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
272
273@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
274 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
275 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
276 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 277 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
279@end ifset
280@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
281
282@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 283@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
284 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
285 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
286 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
287 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 288 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 289 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
290 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
291 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
292 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 293 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 294@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
295@ifset Blackfin
296
297@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
298 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
299 [@b{-mfdpic}]
300 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
301 [@b{-mnopic}]
302@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
303@ifset BPF
304
305@emph{Target BPF options:}
306 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}]
307@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
308@ifset CRIS
309
310@emph{Target CRIS options:}
311 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
312 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
313 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 314 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
315@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
316@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
317@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
318@ifset CSKY
319
320@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
321 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
322 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
323 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
324 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
325 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
326 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
327 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
328 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
329 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
330 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
331 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
332 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
333 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
334 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
335 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
336 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
337@end ifset
252b5132 338@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
339
340@emph{Target D10V options:}
341 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
342@end ifset
343@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
344
345@emph{Target D30V options:}
346 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
348@ifset EPIPHANY
349
350@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
351 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
352@end ifset
252b5132 353@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
354
355@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
356 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
357@end ifset
358@ifset HPPA
359@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
360@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
361@ifset I80386
362
363@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 364 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 365 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 366@end ifset
587fe2b3 367@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 368
9e32ca89
NC
369@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
370 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
371 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
372 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 373 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 374 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 375 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
376 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
377@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
378@ifset IP2K
379
380@emph{Target IP2K options:}
381 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
382@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
383@ifset M32C
384
385@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 386 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 387@end ifset
587fe2b3 388@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 389
a4fb0134
SC
390@emph{Target M32R options:}
391 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 392 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
397 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 398@end ifset
60bcf0fa 399@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
400
401@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 402 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
403 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
404 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 405 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
406 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
407 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
408@end ifset
409@ifset MCORE
410
411@emph{Target MCORE options:}
412 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
413 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 414@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
415@ifset METAG
416
417@emph{Target Meta options:}
418 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
419@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
420@ifset MICROBLAZE
421@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
422@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
423@end ifset
252b5132 424@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
425
426@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 427 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 428 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 429 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 430 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
431 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
432 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 433 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 434 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
435 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
436 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 437 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 438 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 439 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 440 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 441 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 442 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 443 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 444 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 445 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 446 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 447 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 448 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 449 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 450 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 451 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 452 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 453 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 454 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 455 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 456 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 457 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 458 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 459 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 460 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 461 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 462 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
463 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
464 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 465 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 466 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 467 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
468@end ifset
469@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
470
471@emph{Target MMIX options:}
472 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
473 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
474 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 475 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 476@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
477@ifset NIOSII
478
479@emph{Target Nios II options:}
480 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
481 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
482@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
483@ifset NDS32
484
485@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
486 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
487 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
488 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
489 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
490 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
491 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
492 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
493 [@b{-mb2bb}]
494@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
495@ifset OPENRISC
496@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
497@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
498@ifset PDP11
499
500@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
501 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
502 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 503 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
504@end ifset
505@ifset PJ
506
507@emph{Target picoJava options:}
508 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
509@end ifset
510@ifset PPC
511
512@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
513 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
514 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
515 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
516 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
517 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
518 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 519 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 520 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 521 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
522 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
523 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 524 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 525 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 526@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
527@ifset PRU
528
529@emph{Target PRU options:}
530 [@b{-link-relax}]
531 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
532 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
533@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
534@ifset RISCV
535
536@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
537 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
538 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
539 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
540@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
541@ifset RL78
542
543@emph{Target RL78 options:}
544 [@b{-mg10}]
545 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
546@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
547@ifset RX
548
549@emph{Target RX options:}
550 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 551 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
552 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
553 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
554 [@b{-mpid}]
555 [@b{-mrelax}]
556 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
557 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 558@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
559@ifset S390
560
561@emph{Target s390 options:}
562 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
563 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
564 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
565@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
566@ifset SCORE
567
568@emph{Target SCORE options:}
569 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
570 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
571 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
572 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
573@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
574@ifset SPARC
575
576@emph{Target SPARC options:}
577@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
578 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
579 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
580 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
581 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
582 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
583 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
584 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
585 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
586 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
587 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
588 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
589 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
590 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 591 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 592 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
593@end ifset
594@ifset TIC54X
595
596@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 597 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
598 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
599@end ifset
40b36596
JM
600@ifset TIC6X
601
602@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
603 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
604 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
605 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 606@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
607@ifset TILEGX
608
609@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 610 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
611@end ifset
612@ifset TILEPRO
613@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
614@end ifset
b6605ddd 615@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 616
b6605ddd
EB
617@emph{Target Visium options:}
618 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
619@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
620@ifset XTENSA
621
622@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
623 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
624 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
625 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
626 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
627 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 628 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
7a77f1ac 629 [@b{--abi-windowed}|@b{--abi-call0}]
2d8b84ae 630@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
631@ifset Z80
632
633@emph{Target Z80 options:}
fcaaac0a 634 [@b{-march=@var{CPU}@var{[-EXT]}@var{[+EXT]}}]
7a6bf3be
SB
635 [@b{-local-prefix=}@var{PREFIX}]
636 [@b{-colonless}]
637 [@b{-sdcc}]
638 [@b{-fp-s=}@var{FORMAT}]
639 [@b{-fp-d=}@var{FORMAT}]
3c9b82ba 640@end ifset
a4fb0134 641@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 642
a4fb0134 643@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 644@end ifset
e0001a05 645
0285c67d 646@c man end
252b5132
RH
647@end smallexample
648
0285c67d
NC
649@c man begin OPTIONS
650
a4fb0134 651@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 652@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 653
83f10cb2 654@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
655Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
656
a4fb0134 657@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
658@item -ac
659omit false conditionals
660
661@item -ad
662omit debugging directives
663
83f10cb2
NC
664@item -ag
665include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
666
252b5132
RH
667@item -ah
668include high-level source
669
670@item -al
671include assembly
672
673@item -am
674include macro expansions
675
676@item -an
677omit forms processing
678
679@item -as
680include symbols
681
682@item =file
683set the name of the listing file
684@end table
685
686You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
687listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
688the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
689
caa32fe5 690@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
691Begin in alternate macro mode.
692@ifclear man
693@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
694@end ifclear
caa32fe5 695
955974c6 696@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
697Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
698ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
699linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
700given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 701
151411f8
L
702@ifset ELF
703@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
704@item --compress-debug-sections=none
705@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
706@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
707@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
708These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
709@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
710@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
711@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 712@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 713@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
714@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
715sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
716@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
717@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
718
151411f8
L
719@end ifset
720
955974c6 721@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
722Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
723targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
724override this.
955974c6 725
252b5132
RH
726@item -D
727Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
728other assemblers.
729
3d6b762c
JM
730@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
731When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
732information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
733
252b5132
RH
734@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
735Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
736@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
737indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
738value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
739use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
740
741@item -f
742``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
743compiler output).
744
329e276d
NC
745@item -g
746@itemx --gen-debug
747Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
748debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
749ECOFF or DWARF2.
750
252b5132
RH
751@item --gstabs
752Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
753may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
754
05da4302
NC
755@item --gstabs+
756Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
757extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
758debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
759may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
760the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
761
329e276d 762@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 763Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 764may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 765option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 766
31bf1864
NC
767@item --gdwarf-3
768This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
769allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
770version 3 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
771guarantee the generation of any extra infortmation, the choice to do so is on a
772per target basis.
773
774@item --gdwarf-4
775This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
776allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
777version 4 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
778guarantee the generation of any extra infortmation, the choice to do so is on a
779per target basis.
780
781@item --gdwarf-5
782This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
783allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
84d9ab33 784version 5 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
31bf1864
NC
785guarantee the generation of any extra infortmation, the choice to do so is on a
786per target basis.
787
b40bf0a2
NC
788@item --gdwarf-sections
789Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
790.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
791corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
792will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
793@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
794then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
795suffix.
796
66f8b2cb
AB
797@item --gdwarf-cie-version=@var{version}
798Control which version of DWARF Common Information Entries (CIEs) are produced.
799When this flag is not specificed the default is version 1, though some targets
800can modify this default. Other possible values for @var{version} are 3 or 4.
801
b8871f35 802@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
803@item --size-check=error
804@itemx --size-check=warning
805Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
806
b8871f35
L
807@item --elf-stt-common=no
808@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
809These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
810symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
811by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
812
813@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
814@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
815These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
816attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
817The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
818configure option.
819
b8871f35
L
820@end ifset
821
252b5132 822@item --help
a05a5b64 823Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 824
ea20a7da
CC
825@item --target-help
826Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
827
252b5132
RH
828@item -I @var{dir}
829Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
830
831@item -J
832Don't warn about signed overflow.
833
834@item -K
835@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
836This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
837@end ifclear
838@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
839Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
840@end ifset
841
842@item -L
843@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
844Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
845system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
846or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
847@ifclear man
848@xref{Symbol Names}.
849@end ifclear
252b5132 850
c3a27914
NC
851@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
852Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
853listing to @var{number}.
854
855@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
856Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
857lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
858
859@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
860Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
861@var{number} bytes.
862
863@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
864Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
865to @var{number} + 1.
866
2edb36e7
NC
867@item --no-pad-sections
868Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
869of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
870which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
871
252b5132 872@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 873Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
874
875@item -R
876Fold the data section into the text section.
877
d60646b9 878@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
879Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
880@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
881assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
882memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
883requirements at the expense of speed.
884
885@item --reduce-memory-overheads
886This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
887assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
888@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
889
451133ce
NP
890@ifset ELF
891@item --sectname-subst
892Honor substitution sequences in section names.
893@ifclear man
894@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
895@end ifclear
896@end ifset
897
252b5132
RH
898@item --statistics
899Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
900assembly.
901
902@item --strip-local-absolute
903Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
904
905@item -v
906@itemx -version
a4fb0134 907Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
908
909@item --version
a4fb0134 910Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
911
912@item -W
2bdd6cf5 913@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
914Suppress warning messages.
915
2bdd6cf5
GK
916@item --fatal-warnings
917Treat warnings as errors.
918
919@item --warn
920Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
921
252b5132
RH
922@item -w
923Ignored.
924
925@item -x
926Ignored.
927
928@item -Z
929Generate an object file even after errors.
930
931@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
932Standard input, or source files to assemble.
933
934@end table
2a633939
JM
935@c man end
936
a06ea964
NC
937@ifset AARCH64
938
939@ifclear man
940@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
941for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
942@end ifclear
943
944@ifset man
945@c man begin OPTIONS
946The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
94764-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
948@c man end
949@c man begin INCLUDE
950@include c-aarch64.texi
951@c ended inside the included file
952@end ifset
953
954@end ifset
955
2a633939
JM
956@ifset ALPHA
957
958@ifclear man
959@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
960for an Alpha processor.
961@end ifclear
962
963@ifset man
964@c man begin OPTIONS
965The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
966processor.
967@c man end
968@c man begin INCLUDE
969@include c-alpha.texi
970@c ended inside the included file
971@end ifset
972
973@end ifset
252b5132 974
2a633939 975@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 976@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
977The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
978processor.
252b5132 979
a4fb0134 980@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 981@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
982This option selects the core processor variant.
983@item -EB | -EL
984Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
985@item -mcode-density
986Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
987@end table
988@end ifset
989
990@ifset ARM
991The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
992processor family.
993
a4fb0134 994@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 995@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 996Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 997@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 998Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 999@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 1000Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
1001@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
1002Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
1003@item -mthumb
1004Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 1005@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
1006Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
1007@item -EB | -EL
1008Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
1009@item -mthumb-interwork
1010Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
1011ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
1012@item -mccs
1013Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
1014@item -k
1015Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
1016@end table
1017@end ifset
635fb38d 1018@c man end
252b5132 1019
9982501a 1020@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
1021
1022@ifclear man
1023@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1024configured for the Blackfin processor family.
1025@end ifclear
1026
1027@ifset man
1028@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
1029The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1030the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
1031@c man end
1032@c man begin INCLUDE
1033@include c-bfin.texi
1034@c ended inside the included file
1035@end ifset
9982501a 1036
9982501a
JZ
1037@end ifset
1038
f8861f5d
JM
1039@ifset BPF
1040
1041@ifclear man
1042@xref{BPF Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1043configured for the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1044@end ifclear
1045
1046@ifset man
1047@c man begin OPTIONS
1048The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1049the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1050@c man end
1051@c man begin INCLUDE
1052@include c-bpf.texi
1053@c ended inside the included file
1054@end ifset
1055
1056@end ifset
1057
635fb38d 1058@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1059@ifset CRIS
1060See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1061@end ifset
1062
b8891f8d
AJ
1063@ifset CSKY
1064
1065@ifclear man
1066@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1067configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1068@end ifclear
1069
1070@ifset man
1071@c man begin OPTIONS
1072The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1073the C-SKY processor family.
1074@c man end
1075@c man begin INCLUDE
1076@include c-csky.texi
1077@c ended inside the included file
1078@end ifset
1079
1080@end ifset
1081
252b5132
RH
1082@ifset D10V
1083The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1084a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1085@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1086@cindex D10V optimization
1087@cindex optimization, D10V
1088@item -O
1089Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1090@end table
1091@end ifset
1092
1093@ifset D30V
1094The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1095processor.
a4fb0134 1096@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1097@cindex D30V optimization
1098@cindex optimization, D30V
1099@item -O
1100Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1101
1102@cindex D30V nops
1103@item -n
1104Warn when nops are generated.
1105
1106@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1107@item -N
1108Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1109@end table
1110@end ifset
731caf76
L
1111@c man end
1112
cfb8c092
NC
1113@ifset EPIPHANY
1114The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1115Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1116
56b13185
JR
1117@ifclear man
1118@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1119configured for an Epiphany processor.
1120@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1121
56b13185
JR
1122@ifset man
1123@c man begin OPTIONS
1124The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1125an Epiphany processor.
1126@c man end
1127@c man begin INCLUDE
1128@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1129@c ended inside the included file
1130@end ifset
1131
1132@end ifset
1133
1134@ifset H8300
1135
1136@ifclear man
1137@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1138for an H8/300 processor.
1139@end ifclear
1140
1141@ifset man
1142@c man begin OPTIONS
1143The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1144processor.
1145@c man end
1146@c man begin INCLUDE
1147@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1148@c ended inside the included file
1149@end ifset
cfb8c092 1150
cfb8c092
NC
1151@end ifset
1152
731caf76 1153@ifset I80386
252b5132 1154
731caf76
L
1155@ifclear man
1156@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1157configured for an i386 processor.
1158@end ifclear
1159
1160@ifset man
1161@c man begin OPTIONS
1162The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1163an i386 processor.
1164@c man end
1165@c man begin INCLUDE
1166@include c-i386.texi
1167@c ended inside the included file
1168@end ifset
1169
1170@end ifset
1171
1172@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1173@ifset IP2K
1174The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1175Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1176
1177@table @gcctabopt
1178
1179@item -mip2022ext
1180Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1181
1182@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1183Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1184just the basic IP2022 ones.
1185
1186@end table
1187@end ifset
1188
49f58d10
JB
1189@ifset M32C
1190The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1191Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1192
1193@table @gcctabopt
1194
1195@item -m32c
1196Assemble M32C instructions.
1197
1198@item -m16c
1199Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1200
c54b5932
DD
1201@item -relax
1202Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1203
1204@item -h-tick-hex
1205Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1206
49f58d10
JB
1207@end table
1208@end ifset
1209
ec694b89
NC
1210@ifset M32R
1211The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1212Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1213
a4fb0134 1214@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1215
1216@item --m32rx
1217Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1218is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1219
1220@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1221Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1222encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1223
1224@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1225Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1226encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1227
1228@end table
1229@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1230
1231@ifset M680X0
1232The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1233Motorola 68000 series.
1234
a4fb0134 1235@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1236
1237@item -l
1238Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1239
0285c67d
NC
1240@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1241@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1242@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1243Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1244is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1245
1246@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1247The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1248The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1249the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1250two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1251coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1252
1253@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1254The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1255unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1256
1257@end table
1258@end ifset
1259
36591ba1
SL
1260@ifset NIOSII
1261
1262@ifclear man
1263@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1264for an Altera Nios II processor.
1265@end ifclear
1266
1267@ifset man
1268@c man begin OPTIONS
1269The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1270Altera Nios II processor.
1271@c man end
1272@c man begin INCLUDE
1273@include c-nios2.texi
1274@c ended inside the included file
1275@end ifset
1276@end ifset
1277
e135f41b
NC
1278@ifset PDP11
1279
1280For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1281see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1282
a4fb0134 1283@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1284@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1285Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1286default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1287
1288@item -mall
1289@itemx -mall-extensions
1290Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1291
1292@item -mno-extensions
1293Disable all instruction set extensions.
1294
1295@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1296Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1297
1298@item -m@var{cpu}
1299Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1300disable all other extensions.
1301
1302@item -m@var{machine}
1303Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1304model, and disable all other extensions.
1305@end table
1306
1307@end ifset
1308
041dd5a9
ILT
1309@ifset PJ
1310The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1311a picoJava processor.
1312
a4fb0134 1313@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1314
1315@cindex PJ endianness
1316@cindex endianness, PJ
1317@cindex big endian output, PJ
1318@item -mb
1319Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1320
1321@cindex little endian output, PJ
1322@item -ml
1323Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1324
1325@end table
1326@end ifset
1327
93f11b16
DD
1328@ifset PRU
1329
1330@ifclear man
1331@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1332for a PRU processor.
1333@end ifclear
1334
1335@ifset man
1336@c man begin OPTIONS
1337The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1338PRU processor.
1339@c man end
1340@c man begin INCLUDE
1341@include c-pru.texi
1342@c ended inside the included file
1343@end ifset
1344@end ifset
1345
60bcf0fa
NC
1346@ifset M68HC11
1347The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1348Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1349
a4fb0134 1350@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1351
6927f982 1352@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1353Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1354defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1355
6927f982
NC
1356@item --xgate-ramoffset
1357Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1358XGATE address space.
1359
2f904664
SC
1360@item -mshort
1361Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1362
1363@item -mlong
01642c12 1364Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1365
1366@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1367Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1368
1369@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1370Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1371
1370e33d 1372@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1373Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1374conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1375sub routine.
1376
1370e33d
NC
1377@item -S | --short-branches
1378Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1379when the offset is out of range.
1380
1381@item --strict-direct-mode
1382Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1383when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1384
1385@item --print-insn-syntax
1386Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1387
1388@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1389Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1390
1391@item --generate-example
6927f982 1392Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1393This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1394
1395@end table
1396@end ifset
1397
252b5132 1398@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1399The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1400for the SPARC architecture:
1401
a4fb0134 1402@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1403@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1404@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1405Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1406
1407@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1408@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1409
1410@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1411UltraSPARC extensions.
1412
1413@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1414For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1415equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1416
1417@item -bump
1418Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1419@end table
1420@end ifset
1421
39bec121
TW
1422@ifset TIC54X
1423The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1424architecture.
39bec121 1425
a4fb0134 1426@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1427@item -mfar-mode
1428Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1429extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1430@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1431Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1432@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1433Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1434behaviour in the shell.
1435@end table
1436@end ifset
1437
252b5132 1438@ifset MIPS
73201331 1439@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1440The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1441a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1442
a4fb0134 1443@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1444@item -G @var{num}
1445This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1446implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1447use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1448
1449@cindex MIPS endianness
1450@cindex endianness, MIPS
1451@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1452@item -EB
1453Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1454
1455@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1456@item -EL
1457Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1458
1459@cindex MIPS ISA
1460@item -mips1
1461@itemx -mips2
1462@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1463@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1464@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1465@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1466@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1467@itemx -mips32r3
1468@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1469@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1470@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1471@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1472@itemx -mips64r3
1473@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1474@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1475Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1476@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1477alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1478@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1479@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1480@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1481@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1482MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1483Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1484MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1485
98508b2a
RS
1486@item -march=@var{cpu}
1487Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1488
1489@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1490Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1491
1492@item -mfix7000
1493@itemx -mno-fix7000
1494Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1495of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1496
a8d14a88
CM
1497@item -mfix-rm7000
1498@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1499Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1500followed by a load instruction.
1501
27c634e0
FN
1502@item -mfix-r5900
1503@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1504Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1505of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1506instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1507instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1508execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1509
ecb4347a
DJ
1510@item -mdebug
1511@itemx -no-mdebug
1512Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1513section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1514
dcd410fe
RO
1515@item -mpdr
1516@itemx -mno-pdr
1517Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1518
437ee9d5
TS
1519@item -mgp32
1520@itemx -mfp32
1521The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1522flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1523all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1524and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1525
351cdf24
MF
1526@item -mgp64
1527@itemx -mfp64
1528The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1529flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1530all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1531and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1532
1533@item -mfpxx
1534The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1535this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1536which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
153732 or 64 bits wide.
1538
1539@item -modd-spreg
1540@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1541Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1542registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1543@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1544
437ee9d5
TS
1545@item -mips16
1546@itemx -no-mips16
1547Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1548@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1549turns off this option.
252b5132 1550
25499ac7
MR
1551@item -mmips16e2
1552@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1553Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1554to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1555@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1556
df58fc94
RS
1557@item -mmicromips
1558@itemx -mno-micromips
1559Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1560@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1561@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1562@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1563
e16bfa71
TS
1564@item -msmartmips
1565@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1566Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1567equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1568file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1569
1f25f5d3
CD
1570@item -mips3d
1571@itemx -no-mips3d
1572Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1573This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1574@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1575
deec1734
CD
1576@item -mdmx
1577@itemx -no-mdmx
1578Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1579This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1580@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1581
2ef2b9ae
CF
1582@item -mdsp
1583@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1584Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1585This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1586@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1587
8b082fb1
TS
1588@item -mdspr2
1589@itemx -mno-dspr2
1590Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1591This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1592This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1593@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1594
8f4f9071
MF
1595@item -mdspr3
1596@itemx -mno-dspr3
1597Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1598This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1599This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1600@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1601
56d438b1
CF
1602@item -mmsa
1603@itemx -mno-msa
1604Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1605This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1606@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1607
7d64c587
AB
1608@item -mxpa
1609@itemx -mno-xpa
1610Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1611This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1612@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1613
ef2e4d86
CF
1614@item -mmt
1615@itemx -mno-mt
1616Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1617This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1618@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1619
dec0624d
MR
1620@item -mmcu
1621@itemx -mno-mcu
1622Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1623This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1624@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1625
730c3174
SE
1626@item -mcrc
1627@itemx -mno-crc
1628Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1629Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1630@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1631
6f20c942
FS
1632@item -mginv
1633@itemx -mno-ginv
1634Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1635Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1636@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1637
8095d2f7
CX
1638@item -mloongson-mmi
1639@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1640Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1641Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1642instructions.
1643@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1644
716c08de
CX
1645@item -mloongson-cam
1646@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1647Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1648This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1649@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1650
bdc6c06e
CX
1651@item -mloongson-ext
1652@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1653Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1654This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1655@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1656
a693765e
CX
1657@item -mloongson-ext2
1658@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1659Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1660This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1661This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1662@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1663
833794fc
MR
1664@item -minsn32
1665@itemx -mno-insn32
1666Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1667microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1668instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1669the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1670option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1671start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1672selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1673
437ee9d5
TS
1674@item --construct-floats
1675@itemx --no-construct-floats
1676The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1677double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1678value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1679the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1680selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1681
3bf0dbfb
MR
1682@item --relax-branch
1683@itemx --no-relax-branch
1684The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1685branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1686out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1687
8b10b0b3
MR
1688@item -mignore-branch-isa
1689@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1690Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1691semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1692most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1693same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1694checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1695modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1696default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1697branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1698
ba92f887
MR
1699@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1700Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1701(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1702
252b5132
RH
1703@cindex emulation
1704@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1705This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1706on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1707removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1708It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1709
1710The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1711@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1712is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1713big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1714preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1715
1716@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1717@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1718the native tools.
1719
252b5132
RH
1720@item --trap
1721@itemx --no-trap
1722@itemx --break
1723@itemx --no-break
1724Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1725@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1726(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1727@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1728break exception.
63486801
L
1729
1730@item -n
a4fb0134 1731When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1732time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1733@end table
73201331 1734@c man end
252b5132
RH
1735@end ifset
1736
1737@ifset MCORE
1738The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1739an MCore processor.
1740
a4fb0134 1741@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1742@item -jsri2bsr
1743@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1744Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1745The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1746
1747@item -sifilter
1748@itemx -nosifilter
1749Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1750The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1751
1752@item -relax
1753Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1754
ec694b89
NC
1755@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1756Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1757can be assembled.
1758
1759@item -EB
1760Assemble for a big endian target.
1761
1762@item -EL
1763Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1764
1765@end table
1766@end ifset
a3c62988 1767@c man end
252b5132 1768
a3c62988
NC
1769@ifset METAG
1770
1771@ifclear man
1772@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1773for a Meta processor.
1774@end ifclear
1775
1776@ifset man
1777@c man begin OPTIONS
1778The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1779Meta processor.
1780@c man end
1781@c man begin INCLUDE
1782@include c-metag.texi
1783@c ended inside the included file
1784@end ifset
1785
1786@end ifset
1787
1788@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1789@ifset MMIX
1790See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1791@end ifset
1792
35c08157
KLC
1793@ifset NDS32
1794
1795@ifclear man
1796@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1797for a NDS32 processor.
1798@end ifclear
1799@c ended inside the included file
1800@end ifset
1801
1802@ifset man
1803@c man begin OPTIONS
1804The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1805NDS32 processor.
1806@c man end
1807@c man begin INCLUDE
1808@include c-nds32.texi
1809@c ended inside the included file
1810@end ifset
1811
635fb38d 1812@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1813@ifset PPC
1814
1815@ifclear man
1816@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1817for a PowerPC processor.
1818@end ifclear
1819
1820@ifset man
1821@c man begin OPTIONS
1822The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1823PowerPC processor.
1824@c man end
1825@c man begin INCLUDE
1826@include c-ppc.texi
1827@c ended inside the included file
1828@end ifset
1829
1830@end ifset
1831
e23eba97
NC
1832@ifset RISCV
1833
1834@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1835@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1836for a RISC-V processor.
1837@end ifclear
1838
1839@ifset man
1840@c man begin OPTIONS
1841The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1842RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1843@c man end
1844@c man begin INCLUDE
1845@include c-riscv.texi
1846@c ended inside the included file
1847@end ifset
1848
1849@end ifset
1850
635fb38d 1851@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1852@ifset RX
1853See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1854@end ifset
1855
11c19e16
MS
1856@ifset S390
1857The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1858processor family.
1859
1860@table @gcctabopt
1861@item -m31
1862@itemx -m64
1863Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1864@item -mesa
1865@item -mzarch
1866Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1867Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1868@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1869Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1870@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1871@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1872@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
46e292ab
AK
1873@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}), or @samp{z15}
1874(or @samp{arch13}).
11c19e16
MS
1875@item -mregnames
1876@itemx -mno-regnames
1877Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1878@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1879Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1880but evaluates to zero.
1881@end table
1882@end ifset
2a633939 1883@c man end
11c19e16 1884
40b36596 1885@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1886
1887@ifclear man
1888@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1889for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1890@end ifclear
1891
1892@ifset man
1893@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1894The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1895TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1896@c man end
1897@c man begin INCLUDE
1898@include c-tic6x.texi
1899@c ended inside the included file
1900@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1901
1902@end ifset
1903
aa137e4d
NC
1904@ifset TILEGX
1905
1906@ifclear man
1907@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1908for a TILE-Gx processor.
1909@end ifclear
1910
1911@ifset man
1912@c man begin OPTIONS
1913The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1914processor.
1915@c man end
1916@c man begin INCLUDE
1917@include c-tilegx.texi
1918@c ended inside the included file
1919@end ifset
1920
1921@end ifset
1922
b6605ddd
EB
1923@ifset VISIUM
1924
1925@ifclear man
1926@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1927for a Visium processor.
1928@end ifclear
1929
1930@ifset man
1931@c man begin OPTIONS
1932The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1933processor.
1934@c man end
1935@c man begin INCLUDE
1936@include c-visium.texi
1937@c ended inside the included file
1938@end ifset
1939
1940@end ifset
1941
e0001a05 1942@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1943
2d8b84ae
SA
1944@ifclear man
1945@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1946for an Xtensa processor.
1947@end ifclear
1948
1949@ifset man
1950@c man begin OPTIONS
1951The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1952Xtensa processor.
1953@c man end
1954@c man begin INCLUDE
1955@include c-xtensa.texi
1956@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1957@end ifset
1958
2d8b84ae
SA
1959@end ifset
1960
3c9b82ba 1961@ifset Z80
6655dba2 1962
7a6bf3be
SB
1963@ifclear man
1964@xref{Z80 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1965for an Z80 processor.
1966@end ifclear
6655dba2 1967
7a6bf3be
SB
1968@ifset man
1969@c man begin OPTIONS
1970The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1971Z80 processor.
1972@c man end
1973@c man begin INCLUDE
1974@include c-z80.texi
1975@c ended inside the included file
3c9b82ba
NC
1976@end ifset
1977
7a6bf3be 1978@end ifset
0285c67d 1979
252b5132
RH
1980@menu
1981* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1982* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1983* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1984* Command Line:: Command Line
1985* Input Files:: Input Files
1986* Object:: Output (Object) File
1987* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1988@end menu
1989
1990@node Manual
1991@section Structure of this Manual
1992
1993@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1994This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1995@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1996notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1997@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1998
1999@ifclear GENERIC
2000We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 2001configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
2002@end ifclear
2003@ifset GENERIC
2004This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
2005various flavors of the assembler.
2006@end ifset
2007
2008@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
2009On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
2010to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
2011In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
2012architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
2013mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
2014particular architecture.
2015@ifset GENERIC
2016You may want to consult the manufacturer's
2017machine architecture manual for this information.
2018@end ifset
2019@ifclear GENERIC
2020@ifset H8/300
2021For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
2022Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
2023Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 2024@end ifset
252b5132 2025@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
2026For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
2027see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
2028@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
2029@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
2030@end ifset
2031@ifset Z8000
2032For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
2033@end ifset
2034@end ifclear
2035
2036@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
2037@ignore
2038Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
2039the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
2040Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2041computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2042once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2043qualification.
2044
a4fb0134 2045@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2046human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2047computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2048@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2049@end ignore
2050
2051@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2052@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2053@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2054@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2055@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2056@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2057@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2058@c directives).
2059
2060@node GNU Assembler
2061@section The GNU Assembler
2062
0285c67d
NC
2063@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2064
a4fb0134 2065@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2066@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2067This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2068configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2069@end ifclear
2070If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2071should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2072architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2073including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2074@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2075
2076@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2077@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2078@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2079@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2080assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2081machine would assemble.
2082@ifset VAX
2083Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2084@end ifset
2085@ifset M680X0
2086@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2087@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2088This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2089assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2090incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2091@end ifset
2092
0285c67d
NC
2093@c man end
2094
a4fb0134 2095Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2096program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2097@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2098
2099@node Object Formats
2100@section Object File Formats
2101
2102@cindex object file format
2103The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2104object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2105write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2106are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2107Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2108@ifclear GENERIC
2109@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2110For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2111@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2112@end ifclear
2113@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2114@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2115On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2116SOM or ELF format object files.
2117@end ifset
2118@end ifclear
2119
2120@node Command Line
2121@section Command Line
2122
2123@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2124
a4fb0134 2125After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2126options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2127before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2128significant.
2129
2130@cindex standard input, as input file
2131@kindex --
2132@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2133explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2134
2135@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2136Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2137hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2138@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2139option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2140the letter is important. All options are optional.
2141
2142Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2143name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2144with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2145standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2146
2147@smallexample
2148@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2149@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2150@end smallexample
2151
2152@node Input Files
2153@section Input Files
2154
2155@cindex input
2156@cindex source program
2157@cindex files, input
2158We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2159describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2160be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2161doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2162
2163@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2164@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2165The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2166order specified.
2167
0285c67d 2168@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2169Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2170program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2171(The standard input is also a file.)
2172
a4fb0134 2173You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2174names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2175command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2176is taken to be an input file name.
2177
a4fb0134
SC
2178If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2179from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2180may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2181to assemble.
2182
2183Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2184in your command line.
2185
a4fb0134 2186If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2187file.
2188
0285c67d
NC
2189@c man end
2190
252b5132
RH
2191@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2192
2193@cindex input file linenumbers
2194@cindex line numbers, in input files
2195There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2196either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2197number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2198``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2199
2200@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2201to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2202
2203@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2204directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2205error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2206is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2207@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2208@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2209
2210@node Object
2211@section Output (Object) File
2212
2213@cindex object file
2214@cindex output file
2215@kindex a.out
2216@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2217Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2218your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2219is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2220You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2221object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2222reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2223directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2224possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2225
2226@cindex linker
2227@kindex ld
2228The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2229assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2230the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2231information for the debugger.
2232
2233@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2234@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2235
2236@node Errors
2237@section Error and Warning Messages
2238
0285c67d
NC
2239@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2240
a349d9dd 2241@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2242@cindex warning messages
2243@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2244@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2245file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2246runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2247that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2248grave problem that stops the assembly.
2249
0285c67d
NC
2250@c man end
2251
252b5132
RH
2252@cindex format of warning messages
2253Warning messages have the format
2254
2255@smallexample
2256file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2257@end smallexample
2258
2259@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2260@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2261(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2262(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2263@ifset GENERIC
2264(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2265@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2266have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2267in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2268intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2269
2270Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2271directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2272
2273@smallexample
2274 .file 2 "bar.c"
2275 error_assembler_source
2276 .file "foo.c"
2277 .line 30
2278 error_c_source
2279@end smallexample
2280
2281produces this output:
2282
2283@smallexample
2284 Assembler messages:
2285 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2286 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2287@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2288
2289@cindex format of error messages
2290Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2291
252b5132
RH
2292@smallexample
2293file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2294@end smallexample
72e0b254 2295
252b5132
RH
2296The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2297messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2298because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2299
2300@node Invoking
2301@chapter Command-Line Options
2302
2303@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2304This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2305versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2306for options specific
252b5132 2307@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2308to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2309@end ifclear
2310@ifset GENERIC
2311to particular machine architectures.
2312@end ifset
2313
0285c67d
NC
2314@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2315
c1253627 2316If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2317you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2318The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2319by commas. For example:
2320
2321@smallexample
2322gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2323@end smallexample
2324
2325@noindent
2326This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2327standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2328local symbols in the symbol table).
2329
2330Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2331command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2332(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2333precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2334assembler.)
2335
0285c67d
NC
2336@c man end
2337
252b5132 2338@menu
83f10cb2 2339* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2340* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2341* D:: -D for compatibility
2342* f:: -f to work faster
2343* I:: -I for .include search path
2344@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2345* K:: -K for compatibility
2346@end ifclear
2347@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2348* K:: -K for difference tables
2349@end ifset
2350
ba83aca1 2351* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2352* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2353* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2354* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2355* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2356* o:: -o to name the object file
2357* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2358* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2359* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2360* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2361* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2362* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2363@end menu
2364
2365@node a
83f10cb2 2366@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2367
2368@kindex -a
2369@kindex -ac
2370@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2371@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2372@kindex -ah
2373@kindex -al
2374@kindex -an
2375@kindex -as
2376@cindex listings, enabling
2377@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2378
2379These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2380@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2381You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2382@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2383@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2384@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2385High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2386@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2387also.
2388
83f10cb2
NC
2389Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2390information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2391
252b5132
RH
2392Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2393which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2394other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2395omitted from the listing.
2396
2397Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2398listing.
2399
2400Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2401listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2402@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2403@code{.sbttl}.
2404The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2405If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2406listing-control directives have no effect.
2407
2408The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2409@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2410
96e9638b
BW
2411Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2412because it
a05a5b64 2413is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2414is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2415directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2416stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2417memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2418
caa32fe5
NC
2419@node alternate
2420@section @option{--alternate}
2421
2422@kindex --alternate
2423Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2424
252b5132 2425@node D
a4fb0134 2426@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2427
2428@kindex -D
2429This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2430likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2431@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2432
2433@node f
a4fb0134 2434@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2435
2436@kindex -f
2437@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2438@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2439@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2440(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2441and comment preprocessing on
2442the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2443,Preprocessing}.
2444
2445@quotation
2446@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2447preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2448not work correctly.
2449@end quotation
2450
2451@node I
c1253627 2452@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2453
2454@kindex -I @var{path}
2455@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2456@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2457@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2458Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2459@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2460directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2461many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2462working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2463searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2464specified (left to right) on the command line.
2465
2466@node K
a4fb0134 2467@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2468
2469@kindex -K
2470@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2471On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2472permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2473where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2474generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2475family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2476alteration on other platforms.
2477@end ifclear
2478
2479@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2480@cindex difference tables, warning
2481@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2482@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2483form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2484You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2485is done.
2486@end ifset
2487
2488@node L
ba83aca1 2489@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2490
2491@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2492@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2493Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2494@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2495called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2496such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2497programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2498notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2499such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2500
2501This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2502in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2503@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2504
c3a27914 2505@node listing
a4fb0134 2506@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2507
a05a5b64 2508The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2509@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2510hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2511them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2512directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2513@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2514@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2515@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2516
a4fb0134 2517@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2518@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2519@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2520@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2521Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2522dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2523
2524@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2525@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2526@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2527Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2528a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2529the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2530switch is used the default is to one.
2531
2532@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2533@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2534@cindex Width of source line output
2535Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2536alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2537source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2538
2539@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2540@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2541@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2542Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2543displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2544@end table
2545
252b5132 2546@node M
a4fb0134 2547@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2548
2549@kindex -M
2550@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2551The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2552changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2553compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2554The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2555MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2556information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2557arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2558assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2559
2560The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2561depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2562file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2563individually. These are:
2564
2565@itemize @bullet
2566@item global symbols in common section
2567
2568The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2569Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2570common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2571symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2572symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2573
2574@item complex relocations
2575
2576The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2577relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2578are not support by other object file formats.
2579
2580@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2581
2582The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2583This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2584instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2585script.
2586
2587@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2588
2589The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2590name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2591
2592@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2593
2594The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2595address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2596which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2597not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2598assigned within a linker script.
2599@end itemize
2600
2601There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2602@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2603seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2604
2605@itemize @bullet
2606
2607@item EBCDIC strings
2608
2609EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2610
2611@item packed binary coded decimal
2612
2613Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2614and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2615
2616@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2617
2618The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2619
2620@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2621
2622The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2623
2624@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2625
2626The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2627@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2628relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2629these options serve no purpose.
2630
2631@item @code{OPT} list control options
2632
2633The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2634@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2635@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2636
2637@item other @code{OPT} options
2638
2639The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2640@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2641
2642@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2643
2644The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2645@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2646
2647@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2648
2649The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2650
252b5132
RH
2651@end itemize
2652
2653@node MD
c1253627 2654@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2655
2656@kindex --MD
2657@cindex dependency tracking
2658@cindex make rules
2659
a4fb0134 2660@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2661file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2662dependencies of the main source file.
2663
2664The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2665
2666This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2667
2edb36e7
NC
2668@node no-pad-sections
2669@section Output Section Padding
2670@kindex --no-pad-sections
2671@cindex output section padding
2672Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2673alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2674memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2675disable this behaviour.
2676
252b5132 2677@node o
a4fb0134 2678@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2679
2680@kindex -o
2681@cindex naming object file
2682@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2683There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2684default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2685You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2686object file a different name.
2687
a4fb0134 2688Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2689existing file of the same name.
2690
2691@node R
a4fb0134 2692@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2693
2694@kindex -R
2695@cindex data and text sections, joining
2696@cindex text and data sections, joining
2697@cindex joining text and data sections
2698@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2699@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2700data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2701the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2702section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2703your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2704appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2705
a4fb0134 2706When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2707address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2708data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2709older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2710
c1253627
NC
2711@ifset COFF-ELF
2712When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2713this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2714@samp{.data}.
2715@end ifset
2716
2717@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2718@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2719@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2720@end ifset
2721
2722@node statistics
a4fb0134 2723@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2724
2725@kindex --statistics
2726@cindex statistics, about assembly
2727@cindex time, total for assembly
2728@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2729Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2730@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2731(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2732seconds).
2733
2734@node traditional-format
c1253627 2735@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2736
2737@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2738For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2739from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2740@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2741
2742For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2743@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2744
2745@node v
a4fb0134 2746@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2747
2748@kindex -v
2749@kindex -version
2750@cindex assembler version
2751@cindex version of assembler
2752You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2753option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2754command line.
2755
2756@node W
a4fb0134 2757@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2758
a4fb0134 2759@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2760assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2761cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2762made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2763
c1253627
NC
2764@kindex -W
2765@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2766@cindex suppressing warnings
2767@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2768If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2769This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2770how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2771are still reported.
2772
c1253627 2773@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2774@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2775@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2776If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2777files that generate warnings to be in error.
2778
c1253627 2779@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2780@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2781You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2782causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2783
2784@node Z
a4fb0134 2785@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2786@cindex object file, after errors
2787@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2788After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2789some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2790@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2791option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2792writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2793errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2794
2795@node Syntax
2796@chapter Syntax
2797
2798@cindex machine-independent syntax
2799@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2800This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2801source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2802assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2803@ifclear VAX
2804assembler.
2805@end ifclear
2806@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2807assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2808@end ifset
2809
2810@menu
7c31ae13 2811* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2812* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2813* Comments:: Comments
2814* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2815* Statements:: Statements
2816* Constants:: Constants
2817@end menu
2818
2819@node Preprocessing
2820@section Preprocessing
2821
2822@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2823The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2824@itemize @bullet
2825@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2826@item
2827adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2828the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2829a single space.
2830
2831@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2832@item
2833removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2834appropriate number of newlines.
2835
2836@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2837@item
2838converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2839@end itemize
2840
2841It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2842anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2843do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2844(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2845to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
6ef719c0
NC
2846@samp{.S} suffix. @url{https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Overall-Options.html#Overall-Options,
2847See the 'Options Controlling the Kind of Output' section of the GCC manual for
2848more details}
252b5132
RH
2849
2850Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2851cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2852preprocessed.
2853
2854@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2855@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2856@kindex #NO_APP
2857@kindex #APP
2858If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2859@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2860Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2861specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2862text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2863@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2864@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2865and whitespace.
2866
2867@node Whitespace
2868@section Whitespace
2869
2870@cindex whitespace
2871@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2872Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2873people to read. Unless within character constants
2874(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2875as exactly one space.
2876
2877@node Comments
2878@section Comments
2879
2880@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2881There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2882cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2883
2884Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2885This means you may not nest these comments.
2886
2887@smallexample
2888/*
2889 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2890 is to use this sort of comment.
2891*/
2892
2893/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2894@end smallexample
2895
2896@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2897Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2898considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2899specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2900line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2901line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2902comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2903upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2904@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2905
2906If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2907special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2908to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2909
2910@kindex #
2911@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2912@cindex logical line numbers
2913To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2914special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2915expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2916line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2917new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2918
2919If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2920the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2921
2922@smallexample
2923 # This is an ordinary comment.
2924# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2925 # This is logical line # 36.
2926@end smallexample
2927This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2928of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2929
2930@node Symbol Intro
2931@section Symbols
2932
2933@cindex characters used in symbols
2934@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2935A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2936letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2937@samp{_.$}.
2938@end ifclear
2939@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2940@ifclear GENERIC
2941@ifset H8
2942A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2943letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2944@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2945symbol names.)
2946@end ifset
2947@end ifclear
2948@end ifset
2949@ifset GENERIC
2950On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2951are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2952@end ifset
2953No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2954There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2955are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2956beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2957of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2958
2959Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2960cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2961quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2962backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2963@cindex length of symbols
2964
2965@node Statements
2966@section Statements
2967
2968@cindex statements, structure of
2969@cindex line separator character
2970@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2971
2972A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2973@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2974specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2975target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2976The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2977preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2978exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2979
2980@cindex newline, required at file end
2981@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2982It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2983character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2984
2985An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2986
2987@cindex instructions and directives
2988@cindex directives and instructions
2989@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2990@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2991@c 13feb91.
2992A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2993key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2994symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2995symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2996directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2997a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2998assembles into a machine language instruction.
2999@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3000Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
3001recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
3002represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
3003language.@refill
3004@end ifset
3005
3006@cindex @code{:} (label)
3007@cindex label (@code{:})
3008A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
3009Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
3010have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
3011
3012@ifset HPPA
01642c12 3013For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
3014the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
3015only one label may be defined on each line.
3016@end ifset
3017
3018@smallexample
3019label: .directive followed by something
3020another_label: # This is an empty statement.
3021 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
3022@end smallexample
3023
3024@node Constants
3025@section Constants
3026
3027@cindex constants
3028A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
3029inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
3030@smallexample
3031@group
3032.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
3033.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
3034.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
3035.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
303695028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
3037@end group
3038@end smallexample
3039
3040@menu
3041* Characters:: Character Constants
3042* Numbers:: Number Constants
3043@end menu
3044
3045@node Characters
3046@subsection Character Constants
3047
3048@cindex character constants
3049@cindex constants, character
3050There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3051for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3052numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3053@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3054used in arithmetic expressions.
3055
3056@menu
3057* Strings:: Strings
3058* Chars:: Characters
3059@end menu
3060
3061@node Strings
3062@subsubsection Strings
3063
3064@cindex string constants
3065@cindex constants, string
3066A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3067double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3068into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3069a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3070one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3071@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3072(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3073escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3074
3075@cindex escape codes, character
3076@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3077@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3078@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3079@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3080@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3081@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3082@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3083@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3084@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3085@table @kbd
3086@c @item \a
3087@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3088@c
361fa3a4 3089@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3090@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3091@item \b
3092Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3093
3094@c @item \e
3095@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3096@c
361fa3a4 3097@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3098@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3099@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3100Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3101
361fa3a4 3102@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3103@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3104@item \n
3105Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3106
3107@c @item \p
3108@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3109@c
361fa3a4
NC
3110@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3111@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3112@item \r
3113Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3114
3115@c @item \s
3116@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3117@c other assemblers.
3118@c
361fa3a4 3119@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3120@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3121@item \t
3122Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3123
3124@c @item \v
3125@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3126@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3127@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3128@c
361fa3a4 3129@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3130@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3131@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3132An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3133For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3134for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3135
361fa3a4 3136@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3137@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3138@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3139A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3140lower case @code{x} works.
3141
361fa3a4 3142@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3143@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3144@item \\
3145Represents one @samp{\} character.
3146
3147@c @item \'
3148@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3149@c This is needed in single character literals
3150@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3151@c a @samp{'}.
3152@c
361fa3a4 3153@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3154@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3155@item \"
3156Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3157this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3158
3159@item \ @var{anything-else}
3160Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3161assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3162you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3163interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3164other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3165code and warns you of the fact.
3166@end table
3167
3168Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3169varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3170the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3171compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3172sequence.
3173
3174@node Chars
3175@subsubsection Characters
3176
3177@cindex single character constant
3178@cindex character, single
3179@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3180A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3181that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3182@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3183as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3184character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3185the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3186accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3187@ifclear GENERIC
3188@ifclear abnormal-separator
3189(or semicolon @samp{;})
3190@end ifclear
3191@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3192@ifset H8
3193(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3194Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3195@end ifset
3196@end ifset
3197@end ifclear
3198immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3199and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3200constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3201that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3202@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3203
3204@node Numbers
3205@subsection Number Constants
3206
3207@cindex constants, number
3208@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3209@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3210are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3211would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3212integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3213are floating point numbers, described below.
3214
3215@menu
3216* Integers:: Integers
3217* Bignums:: Bignums
3218* Flonums:: Flonums
3219@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3220@end ifclear
3221@end menu
3222
3223@node Integers
3224@subsubsection Integers
3225@cindex integers
3226@cindex constants, integer
3227
3228@cindex binary integers
3229@cindex integers, binary
3230A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3231the binary digits @samp{01}.
3232
3233@cindex octal integers
3234@cindex integers, octal
3235An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3236digits (@samp{01234567}).
3237
3238@cindex decimal integers
3239@cindex integers, decimal
3240A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3241more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3242
3243@cindex hexadecimal integers
3244@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3245A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3246more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3247
3248Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3249the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3250(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3251
3252@node Bignums
3253@subsubsection Bignums
3254
3255@cindex bignums
3256@cindex constants, bignum
3257A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3258except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3259represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3260integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3261
3262@node Flonums
3263@subsubsection Flonums
3264@cindex flonums
3265@cindex floating point numbers
3266@cindex constants, floating point
3267
3268@cindex precision, floating point
3269A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3270indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3271@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3272sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3273to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3274portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3275
3276A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3277@itemize @bullet
3278@item
3279The digit @samp{0}.
3280@ifset HPPA
3281(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3282@end ifset
3283
3284@item
a4fb0134 3285A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3286@ifset GENERIC
3287@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3288@ignore
3289@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3290(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32914.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3292@end ignore
3293
a8eb42a8 3294On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3295one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3296
3297On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3298(in upper or lower case).
3299
252b5132
RH
3300On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3301@end ifset
3302@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3303@ifset ARC
3304One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3305@end ifset
3306@ifset H8
3307One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3308@end ifset
3309@ifset HPPA
3310The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3311@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3312@end ifclear
3313
3314@item
3315An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3316
3317@item
3318An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3319
3320@item
3321An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3322or more decimal digits.
3323
3324@item
3325An optional exponent, consisting of:
3326
3327@itemize @bullet
3328@item
3329An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3330@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3331@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3332@item
3333Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3334@item
3335One or more decimal digits.
3336@end itemize
3337
3338@end itemize
3339
3340At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3341present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3342
a4fb0134 3343@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3344independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3345@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3346
252b5132
RH
3347@node Sections
3348@chapter Sections and Relocation
3349@cindex sections
3350@cindex relocation
3351
3352@menu
3353* Secs Background:: Background
3354* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3355* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3356* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3357* bss:: bss Section
3358@end menu
3359
3360@node Secs Background
3361@section Background
3362
3363Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3364``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3365For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3366
3367@cindex linker, and assembler
3368@cindex assembler, and linker
3369The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3370combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3371emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3372@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3373different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3374oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3375sections.
3376
3377@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3378addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3379units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3380within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3381run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3382the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3383the proper run-time addresses.
3384@ifset H8
7be1c489 3385For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3386@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3387ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3388@end ifset
3389
3390@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3391An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3392of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3393@dfn{bss} sections.
3394
c1253627 3395@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3396@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3397When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3398@end ifset
a4fb0134 3399@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3400using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3401If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3402or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3403@end ifset
3404
3405@ifset HPPA
3406@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3407When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3408@end ifset
a4fb0134 3409@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3410specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3411@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3412(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3413assembler directives.
3414
3415@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3416Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3417text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3418is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3419BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3420@end ifset
3421@end ifset
3422
3423Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3424data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3425
3426@ifset HPPA
3427When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3428section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3429@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3430@end ifset
3431
3432To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3433relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3434object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3435@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3436file is mentioned:
3437@itemize @bullet
3438@item
3439Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3440an address?
3441@item
3442How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3443@item
3444Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3445@display
3446(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3447@end display
3448@item
3449Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3450@end itemize
3451
3452@cindex addresses, format of
3453@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3454In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3455@display
3456(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3457@end display
3458@noindent
a4fb0134 3459Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3460nature.
3461@ifset SOM
3462(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3463symbol-relative instead.)
3464@end ifset
3465
3466In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3467@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3468
3469Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3470@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3471addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3472@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3473@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3474data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3475their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3476part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3477address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3478
3479The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3480address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3481rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3482Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3483address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3484common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3485time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3486
3487By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3488the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3489sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3490customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3491the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3492data and bss sections.
3493
3494Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3495use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3496
3497@node Ld Sections
3498@section Linker Sections
3499@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3500
3501@table @strong
3502
c1253627 3503@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3504@cindex named sections
3505@cindex sections, named
3506@item named sections
3507@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3508@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3509@cindex text section
3510@cindex data section
3511@itemx text section
3512@itemx data section
3513@end ifset
a4fb0134 3514These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3515separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3516true of another.
a8eb42a8 3517@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3518When the program is running, however, it is
3519customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3520text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3521instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3522program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3523in the data section.
c1253627 3524@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3525
3526@cindex bss section
3527@item bss section
3528This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3529is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3530each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3531out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3532bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3533those explicit zeros from object files.
3534
3535@cindex absolute section
3536@item absolute section
3537Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3538This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3539not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3540addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3541
3542@cindex undefined section
3543@item undefined section
3544This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3545the preceding sections.
3546@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3547@end table
3548
3549@cindex relocation example
3550An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3551@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3552The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3553@end ifset
3554Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3555
3556@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3557@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3558@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3559@smallexample
3560 +-----+----+--+
3561partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3562 +-----+----+--+
3563
3564 text data bss
3565 seg. seg. seg.
3566
3567 +---+---+---+
3568partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3569 +---+---+---+
3570
3571 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3572linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3573 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3574
3575 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3576@end smallexample
3577@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3578@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3579@need 5000
3580@tex
c1253627 3581\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3582\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3583\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3584\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3585
3586\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3587\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3588\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3589
3590\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3591\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3592\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3593ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3594DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3595
3596\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3597\line{0\dots\hfil}
3598
3599@end tex
3600@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3601
3602@node As Sections
3603@section Assembler Internal Sections
3604
3605@cindex internal assembler sections
3606@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3607These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3608have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3609sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3610warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3611meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3612value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3613section-relative address.
3614
3615@table @b
3616@cindex assembler internal logic error
3617@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3618An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3619bug in the assembler.
3620
3621@cindex expr (internal section)
3622@item expr section
3623The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3624symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3625it in the expr section.
3626@c FIXME item debug
3627@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3628@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3629@c FIXME item register
3630@end table
3631
3632@node Sub-Sections
3633@section Sub-Sections
3634
3635@cindex numbered subsections
3636@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3637@ifset aout
252b5132 3638Assembled bytes
c1253627 3639@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3640conventionally
3641@end ifset
3642fall into two sections: text and data.
3643@end ifset
3644You may have separate groups of
3645@ifset GENERIC
3646data in named sections
3647@end ifset
3648@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3649@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3650data in named sections
3651@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3652@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3653text or data
3654@end ifset
3655@end ifclear
3656that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3657are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3658use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3659numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3660same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3661subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3662section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3663assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3664section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3665constants being output.
3666
3667Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3668goes in subsection number zero.
3669
3670@ifset GENERIC
3671Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3672(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3673of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3674@end ifset
3675@ifclear GENERIC
3676@ifset H8
7be1c489 3677On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3678boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3679The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3680@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3681@end ifclear
3682
3683Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3684to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3685The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3686other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3687They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3688data subsections as a data section.
3689
3690To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3691into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3692@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3693@ifset COFF
252b5132 3694@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3695When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3696@end ifset
3697@ifclear GENERIC
3698You
3699@end ifclear
3700can also use an extra subsection
3701argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3702@var{expression}}.
3703@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3704@ifset ELF
3705@ifset GENERIC
3706When generating ELF output, you
3707@end ifset
3708@ifclear GENERIC
3709You
3710@end ifclear
3711can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3712to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3713@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3714@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3715(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3716is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3717begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3718@smallexample
3719.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3720.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3721.text 1
3722.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3723.data 0
3724.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3725.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3726.text 0
3727.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3728.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3729@end smallexample
3730
3731Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3732assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3733restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3734counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3735@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3736current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3737assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3738
3739@node bss
3740@section bss Section
3741
3742@cindex bss section
3743@cindex common variable storage
3744The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3745You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3746not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3747your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3748section are zeroed bytes.
3749
3750The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3751@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3752
3753The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3754another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3755
3756@ifset GENERIC
3757When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3758COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3759see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3760section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3761@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3762@end ifset
3763
3764@node Symbols
3765@chapter Symbols
3766
3767@cindex symbols
3768Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3769things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3770to debug.
3771
3772@quotation
3773@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3774@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3775the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3776@end quotation
3777
3778@menu
3779* Labels:: Labels
3780* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3781* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3782* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3783* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3784@end menu
3785
3786@node Labels
3787@section Labels
3788
3789@cindex labels
3790A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3791@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3792active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3793operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3794different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3795definitions.
3796
3797@ifset HPPA
3798On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3799colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3800a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3801provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3802@end ifset
3803
3804@node Setting Symbols
3805@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3806
3807@cindex assigning values to symbols
3808@cindex symbol values, assigning
3809A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3810by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3811(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3812directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3813equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3814@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3815
f8739b83
JZ
3816@ifset Blackfin
3817Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3818@end ifset
3819
252b5132
RH
3820@node Symbol Names
3821@section Symbol Names
3822
3823@cindex symbol names
3824@cindex names, symbol
3825@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3826Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3827machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3828noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3829string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3830particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3831@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3832@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3833@ifset H8
3834Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3835Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3836character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3837on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3838@end ifset
3839@end ifset
3840
3841Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3842than @code{Foo}.
3843
ed1fcdd1
NC
3844Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3845Local Labels. See below.
3846
7bfd842d
NC
3847Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3848multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3849@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3850currently supported.
3851
252b5132
RH
3852Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3853refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3854in a program.
3855
3856@subheading Local Symbol Names
3857
3858@cindex local symbol names
3859@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3860A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3861By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3862@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3863set of local label prefixes.
3864@ifset HPPA
3865On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3866@end ifset
3867
3868Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3869normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3870You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3871to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3872
3873@subheading Local Labels
3874
3875@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3876@cindex temporary symbol names
3877@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3878Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3879programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3880be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3881referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3882the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3883To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3884@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3885to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3886stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3887
3888There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3889too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3890the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3891defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3892definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3893noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3894implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3895
3896Here is an example:
3897
3898@smallexample
38991: branch 1f
39002: branch 1b
39011: branch 2f
39022: branch 1b
3903@end smallexample
3904
3905Which is the equivalent of:
3906
3907@smallexample
3908label_1: branch label_3
3909label_2: branch label_1
3910label_3: branch label_4
3911label_4: branch label_3
3912@end smallexample
3913
ba83aca1 3914Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3915transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3916The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3917are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3918these parts:
252b5132
RH
3919
3920@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3921@item @emph{local label prefix}
3922All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3923Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3924that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3925used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3926@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3927object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3928you may use them in debugging.
3929
2d5aaba0
NC
3930@item @var{number}
3931This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3932label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3933
2d5aaba0
NC
3934@item @kbd{C-B}
3935This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3936of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3937
3938@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3939This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3940@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3941number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3942the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3943@end table
3944
ba83aca1
BW
3945So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3946the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3947
3948@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3949@cindex dollar local symbols
3950
ed1fcdd1
NC
3951On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3952local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3953become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3954valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3955by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3956by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3957
3958Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3959except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3960@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3961
3962They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3963names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3964to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3965@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3966
3967@node Dot
3968@section The Special Dot Symbol
3969
3970@cindex dot (symbol)
3971@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3972@cindex current address
3973@cindex location counter
3974The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3975@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3976.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3977Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3978directive.
252b5132 3979@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3980Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3981@samp{.space 4}.
3982@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3983
3984@node Symbol Attributes
3985@section Symbol Attributes
3986
3987@cindex symbol attributes
3988@cindex attributes, symbol
3989Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3990``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3991attributes.
3992@ifset INTERNALS
3993The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3994@end ifset
3995
a4fb0134 3996If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3997all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3998symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3999would want.
4000
4001@menu
4002* Symbol Value:: Value
4003* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 4004@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4005* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4006@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4007@ifset COFF
4008* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
4009@end ifset
4010@ifset SOM
4011* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
4012@end ifset
4013@end menu
4014
4015@node Symbol Value
4016@subsection Value
4017
4018@cindex value of a symbol
4019@cindex symbol value
4020The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4021location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4022number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4023Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4024as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4025symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4026called absolute.
4027
4028The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40290 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4030@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4031same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4032name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4033common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4034bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4035allocated storage.
4036
4037@node Symbol Type
4038@subsection Type
4039
4040@cindex type of a symbol
4041@cindex symbol type
4042The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4043information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4044(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4045format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4046
a8eb42a8 4047@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4048@node a.out Symbols
4049@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4050
4051@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4052@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4053
252b5132
RH
4054@menu
4055* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4056* Symbol Other:: Other
4057@end menu
4058
4059@node Symbol Desc
4060@subsubsection Descriptor
4061
4062@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4063This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4064descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4065(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4066@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4067
4068@node Symbol Other
4069@subsubsection Other
4070
4071@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4072This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4073@end ifset
4074
4075@ifset COFF
4076@node COFF Symbols
4077@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4078
4079@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4080@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4081
4082The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4083like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4084@code{.endef} directives.
4085
4086@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4087
4088@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4089The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4090respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4091
4092@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4093
4094@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4095The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4096@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4097table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4098@end ifset
4099
4100@ifset SOM
4101@node SOM Symbols
4102@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4103
4104@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4105@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4106
4107The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4108the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4109
01642c12 4110The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4111Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4112@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4113@end ifset
4114
4115@node Expressions
4116@chapter Expressions
4117
4118@cindex expressions
4119@cindex addresses
4120@cindex numeric values
4121An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4122Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4123
4124The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4125a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4126enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4127section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4128the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4129@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4130
4131@menu
4132* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4133* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4134@end menu
4135
4136@node Empty Exprs
4137@section Empty Expressions
4138
4139@cindex empty expressions
4140@cindex expressions, empty
4141An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4142Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4143expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4144is compatible with other assemblers.
4145
4146@node Integer Exprs
4147@section Integer Expressions
4148
4149@cindex integer expressions
4150@cindex expressions, integer
4151An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4152by @emph{operators}.
4153
4154@menu
4155* Arguments:: Arguments
4156* Operators:: Operators
4157* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4158* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4159@end menu
4160
4161@node Arguments
4162@subsection Arguments
4163
4164@cindex expression arguments
4165@cindex arguments in expressions
4166@cindex operands in expressions
4167@cindex arithmetic operands
4168@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4169contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4170this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4171the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4172expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4173instruction operands.
4174
4175Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4176@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4177or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4178integer.
4179
4180Numbers are usually integers.
4181
4182A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4183that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4184these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4185instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4186assemblers.
4187
4188@cindex subexpressions
4189Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4190expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4191operator followed by an argument.
4192
4193@node Operators
4194@subsection Operators
4195
4196@cindex operators, in expressions
4197@cindex arithmetic functions
4198@cindex functions, in expressions
4199@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4200operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4201between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4202whitespace.
4203
4204@node Prefix Ops
4205@subsection Prefix Operator
4206
4207@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4208@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4209one argument, which must be absolute.
4210
4211@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4212@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4213@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4214@tex
4215\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4216@end tex
4217
4218@table @code
4219@item -
4220@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4221@item ~
4222@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4223@end table
4224
4225@tex
4226\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4227@end tex
4228
4229@node Infix Ops
4230@subsection Infix Operators
4231
4232@cindex infix operators
4233@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4234@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4235have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4236to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4237absolute, and the result is absolute.
4238
4239@enumerate
4240@cindex operator precedence
4241@cindex precedence of operators
4242
4243@item
4244Highest Precedence
4245
4246@table @code
4247@item *
4248@dfn{Multiplication}.
4249
4250@item /
4251@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4252
4253@item %
4254@dfn{Remainder}.
4255
d1eac9d9 4256@item <<
252b5132
RH
4257@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4258
d1eac9d9 4259@item >>
252b5132
RH
4260@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4261@end table
4262
4263@item
4264Intermediate precedence
4265
4266@table @code
4267@item |
4268
4269@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4270
4271@item &
4272@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4273
4274@item ^
4275@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4276
4277@item !
4278@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4279@end table
4280
4281@item
b131d4dc 4282Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4283
4284@table @code
4285@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4286@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4287@cindex arguments for addition
4288@item +
4289@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4290the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4291sections.
4292
4293@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4294@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4295@cindex arguments for subtraction
4296@item -
4297@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4298result has the section of the left argument.
4299If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4300You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4301@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4302
4303@cindex comparison expressions
4304@cindex expressions, comparison
4305@item ==
4306@dfn{Is Equal To}
4307@item <>
723a8472 4308@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4309@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4310@item <
4311@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4312@item >
b131d4dc 4313@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4314@item >=
b131d4dc 4315@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4316@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4317@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4318
4319The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4320value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4321perform signed comparisons.
4322@end table
4323
4324@item Lowest Precedence
4325
4326@table @code
4327@item &&
4328@dfn{Logical And}.
4329
4330@item ||
4331@dfn{Logical Or}.
4332
4333These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4334expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4335value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4336or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4337
252b5132
RH
4338@end table
4339@end enumerate
4340
4341In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4342address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4343
4344@node Pseudo Ops
4345@chapter Assembler Directives
4346
4347@cindex directives, machine independent
4348@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4349@cindex machine independent directives
4350All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4351The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4352in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4353
4354This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4355target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4356@ifset GENERIC
4357Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4358@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4359@end ifset
4360@ifclear GENERIC
4361@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4362@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4363@end ifset
4364@end ifclear
4365
4366@menu
4367* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4368@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4369* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4370@end ifset
f0dc282c 4371
915808f6 4372* Align:: @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
caa32fe5 4373* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4374* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4375* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
915808f6 4376* Balign:: @code{.balign [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]}
d3b47e2b 4377* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4378* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4379* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4380* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4381* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4382* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4383* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4384* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4385@ifset COFF
4386* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4387@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4388@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4389* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4390@end ifset
4391@ifset COFF
4392* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4393@end ifset
f0dc282c 4394
252b5132
RH
4395* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4396* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4397* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4398* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4399* End:: @code{.end}
4400@ifset COFF
4401* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4402@end ifset
f0dc282c 4403
252b5132
RH
4404* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4405* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4406* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4407* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4408* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4409* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4410* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4411* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4412* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4413* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4414* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4415* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4416* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4417* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4418* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4419@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4420* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4421* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4422@end ifset
f0dc282c 4423
252b5132
RH
4424* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4425* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4426* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4427* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4428* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4429* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4430@ifset ELF
4431* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4432@end ifset
f0dc282c 4433
252b5132
RH
4434* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4435* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4436* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4437* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4438@ifclear no-line-dir
4439* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4440@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4441
252b5132
RH
4442* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4443* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4444* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4445* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4446* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4447@ifset ELF
4448* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4449@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4450
252b5132
RH
4451* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4452@ignore
4453* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4454@end ignore
f0dc282c 4455
252b5132
RH
4456* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4457* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4458* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4459* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4460* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4461* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4462* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291 4463* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
915808f6 4464* P2align:: @code{.p2align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
c91d2e08
NC
4465@ifset ELF
4466* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4467* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4468@end ifset
f0dc282c 4469
252b5132 4470* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4471@ifset ELF
4472* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4473@end ifset
f0dc282c 4474
252b5132
RH
4475* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4476* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4477@ifset ELF
4478* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4479@end ifset
f0dc282c 4480
252b5132 4481* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4482* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4483* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4484* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4485@ifset COFF
4486* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4487@end ifset
4488@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4489* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4490@end ifset
f0dc282c 4491
252b5132
RH
4492* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4493* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4494* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4495@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4496* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4497@end ifset
884f0d36 4498@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4499* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4500@end ifclear
4501
252b5132 4502* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4503@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4504* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4505@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4506@ifset have-stabs
4507* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4508@end ifset
f0dc282c 4509
38a57ae7 4510* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4511* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4512@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4513* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
6914be53 4514* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}[,@var{visibility}]}
252b5132 4515@end ifset
f0dc282c 4516
252b5132
RH
4517@ifset COFF
4518* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4519@end ifset
f0dc282c 4520
252b5132
RH
4521* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4522* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4523@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4524* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4525@end ifset
4526
c91d2e08 4527* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4528@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4529* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4530@end ifset
f0dc282c 4531
2e13b764 4532@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4533* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4534* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4535* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4536@end ifset
f0dc282c 4537
d190d046 4538* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4539* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4540* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4541* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4542@ifclear no-space-dir
4543* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4544@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4545@ifset ELF
4546* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4547* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4548* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4549@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4550* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4551@end menu
4552
4553@node Abort
4554@section @code{.abort}
4555
4556@cindex @code{abort} directive
4557@cindex stopping the assembly
4558This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4559compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4560assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4561of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4562quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4563
4564@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4565@node ABORT (COFF)
4566@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4567
4568@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4569When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4570synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4571
252b5132
RH
4572@end ifset
4573
4574@node Align
915808f6 4575@section @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4576
4577@cindex padding the location counter
4578@cindex @code{align} directive
4579Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4580boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
915808f6
NC
4581required, as described below. If this expression is omitted then a default
4582value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4583
4584The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4585padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4586padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4587marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4588with no-op instructions.
4589
4590The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4591it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4592directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4593specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4594fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4595required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4596with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4597
4598The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4599For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
5b660084 4600s390, sparc, tic4x and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4601alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4602the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4603is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4604first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4605
9e9a9798 4606For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4607strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4608number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4609advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 4610counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
4611multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4612
4613This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4614native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4615GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4616described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4617architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4618
ccf8a69b
BW
4619@node Altmacro
4620@section @code{.altmacro}
4621Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4622
4623@ftable @code
4624@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4625One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4626generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4627replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4628replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4629separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4630define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4631
4632@item String delimiters
4633You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4634@code{"@var{string}"}:
4635
4636@table @code
4637@item '@var{string}'
4638You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4639
4640@item <@var{string}>
4641You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4642@end table
4643
4644@item single-character string escape
4645To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4646character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4647character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4648write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4649
4650@item Expression results as strings
4651You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4652and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4653@end ftable
4654
252b5132
RH
4655@node Ascii
4656@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4657
4658@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4659@cindex string literals
4660@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4661separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4662trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4663
4664@node Asciz
4665@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4666
4667@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4668@cindex zero-terminated strings
4669@cindex null-terminated strings
4670@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4671a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4672
4673@node Balign
915808f6 4674@section @code{.balign[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4675
4676@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4677@cindex @code{balign} directive
4678Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4679storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4680alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4681the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
915808f6
NC
4682is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted
4683then a default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4684
4685The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4686padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4687padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4688marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4689with no-op instructions.
4690
4691The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4692it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4693directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4694specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4695fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4696required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4697with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4698
4699@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4700@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4701The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4702@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4703pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4704fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
47054,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4706filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4707the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4708undefined.
4709
fa94de6b 4710@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4711@section Bundle directives
4712@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4713@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4714@cindex bundle
4715@cindex instruction bundle
4716@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4717@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4718bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4719into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4720disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4721gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4722@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4723
4724For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4725certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4726instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4727@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4728chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4729effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4730instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4731that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4732end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4733starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4734instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4735
d3b47e2b 4736@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4737@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4738@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4739The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4740allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4741are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4742aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4743@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4744directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4745
4746@cindex bundle-locked
4747For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4748appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4749instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4750and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4751instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4752sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4753@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4754entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4755boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4756first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4757aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4758bundle size.
4759
d416e51d
RM
4760For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4761inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4762nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4763@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4764matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4765same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4766
252b5132
RH
4767@node Byte
4768@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4769
4770@cindex @code{byte} directive
4771@cindex integers, one byte
4772@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4773Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4774
54cfded0 4775@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4776@section CFI directives
4777@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4778@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4779@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4780should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4781If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4782if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4783To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4784directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4785
2f0c68f2
CM
4786On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4787by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4788
bd5608dc
NC
4789Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4790which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4791
4792The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4793arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4794generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4795redefine it will result in an error.
4796
d3b47e2b 4797@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4798@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4799@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4800should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4801data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4802@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4803
01642c12 4804Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4805it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4806
d3b47e2b 4807@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4808@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4809@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4810unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4811@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4812
d3b47e2b 4813@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4814@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4815@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4816@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4817should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4818argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4819a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4820the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4821can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4822The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4823no personality routine.
4824
2f0c68f2
CM
4825@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4826@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4827@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4828defined in a compact unwinding format.
4829Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4830with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4831
4832@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4833@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4834@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4835used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4836@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4837in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4838Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4839with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4840
d3b47e2b 4841@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4842@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4843@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4844should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4845argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4846or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4847meaning that no LSDA is present.
4848
4849@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4850@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4851switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4852Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4853Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4854with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4855
4856The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4857so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4858referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4859in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4860by a section directive.
4861
4862The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4863The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4864@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4865
d3b47e2b 4866@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4867@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4868address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4869
d3b47e2b 4870@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4871@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4872now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4873remains the same.
4874
d3b47e2b 4875@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4876@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4877remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4878absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4879CFA address.
4880
d3b47e2b 4881@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4882Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4883value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4884
d3b47e2b 4885@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4886Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4887CFA.
54cfded0 4888
084303b8
AK
4889@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4890Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4891
d3b47e2b 4892@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4893Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4894the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4895using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4896This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4897code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4898
d3b47e2b 4899@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4900Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4901
d3b47e2b 4902@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4903@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4904same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4905instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4906
d3b47e2b 4907@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4908From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4909
d3b47e2b 4910@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4911Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4912i.e. no restoration needed.
4913
48eac74c
MG
4914@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4915@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4916implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4917places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4918multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4919flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4920the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4921
4922@smallexample
4923 je label
4924 popq %rbx
4925 .cfi_restore %rbx
4926 popq %r12
4927 .cfi_restore %r12
4928 popq %rbp
4929 .cfi_restore %rbp
4930 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4931 ret
4932label:
4933 /* Do something else */
4934@end smallexample
4935
4936Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4937to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4938@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4939locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4940@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4941we can write:
4942
4943@smallexample
4944 je label
4945 popq %rbx
4946 .cfi_remember_state
4947 .cfi_restore %rbx
4948 popq %r12
4949 .cfi_restore %r12
4950 popq %rbp
4951 .cfi_restore %rbp
4952 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4953 ret
4954label:
4955 .cfi_restore_state
4956 /* Do something else */
4957@end smallexample
4958
4959That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4960as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4961@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4962
d3b47e2b 4963@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4964Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4965directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4966
d3b47e2b 4967@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4968Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4969
d3b47e2b 4970@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4971SPARC register window has been saved.
4972
d3b47e2b 4973@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4974Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4975might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4976opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4977
d3b47e2b 4978@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4979The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4980will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4981description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4982
4983The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4984limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4985mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4986by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4987or another register.
4988
ccf8a69b
BW
4989@node Comm
4990@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4991
ccf8a69b
BW
4992@cindex @code{comm} directive
4993@cindex symbol, common
4994@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4995common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4996of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4997definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4998allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4999absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
5000the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
5001using the largest size.
07a53e5c 5002
c1711530
DK
5003@ifset COFF-ELF
5004When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 5005an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
5006specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
5007that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
5008as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 5009boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 5010power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 5011common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 5012alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 5013largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5014maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5015is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5016@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5017multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5018It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5019(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5020@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5021
ccf8a69b
BW
5022@ifset HPPA
5023The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5024@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5025@end ifset
07a53e5c 5026
252b5132
RH
5027@node Data
5028@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 5029@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 5030
a4fb0134 5031@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5032end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5033absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5034to zero.
5035
340d33e5
NC
5036@node Dc
5037@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
5038@cindex @code{dc} directive
5039
46c685ac 5040The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
5041commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
5042current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
5043@code{.dc} directive:
5044
5045@table @code
5046@item @samp{.a}
5047Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5048@item @samp{.b}
5049Emits 8-bit values.
5050@item @samp{.d}
5051Emits double precision floating-point values.
5052@item @samp{.l}
5053Emits 32-bit values.
5054@item @samp{.s}
5055Emits single precision floating-point values.
5056@item @samp{.w}
5057Emits 16-bit values.
5058Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
505932-bit values.
5060@item @samp{.x}
5061Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5062@end table
5063
5064If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5065
d7c79856
MR
5066The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5067point values.
340d33e5
NC
5068
5069@node Dcb
5070@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5071@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5072This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5073bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5074comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5075@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5076
5077@table @code
5078@item @samp{.b}
5079Emits single byte values.
5080@item @samp{.d}
5081Emits double-precision floating point values.
5082@item @samp{.l}
5083Emits 4-byte values.
5084@item @samp{.s}
5085Emits single-precision floating point values.
5086@item @samp{.w}
5087Emits 2-byte values.
5088@item @samp{.x}
5089Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5090@end table
5091
5092If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5093
5094The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5095point values.
5096
5097@node Ds
5098@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5099@cindex @code{ds} directive
5100This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5101bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5102comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5103@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5104
5105@table @code
5106@item @samp{.b}
5107Emits single byte values.
5108@item @samp{.d}
5109Emits 8-byte values.
5110@item @samp{.l}
5111Emits 4-byte values.
5112@item @samp{.p}
5113Emits 12-byte values.
5114@item @samp{.s}
5115Emits 4-byte values.
5116@item @samp{.w}
5117Emits 2-byte values.
5118@item @samp{.x}
5119Emits 12-byte values.
5120@end table
5121
5122Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5123suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5124
5125If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5126
d7c79856 5127The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5128
5129
252b5132
RH
5130@ifset COFF
5131@node Def
5132@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5133
5134@cindex @code{def} directive
5135@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5136@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5137Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5138definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5139@end ifset
5140
a8eb42a8 5141@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5142@node Desc
5143@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5144
5145@cindex @code{desc} directive
5146@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5147@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5148This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5149to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5150
5151@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5152The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5153configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5154object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5155it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5156@end ifset
5157@end ifset
5158
5159@ifset COFF
5160@node Dim
5161@section @code{.dim}
5162
5163@cindex @code{dim} directive
5164@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5165@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5166This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5167information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5168@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5169@end ifset
5170
5171@node Double
5172@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5173
5174@cindex @code{double} directive
5175@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5176@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5177assembles floating point numbers.
5178@ifset GENERIC
5179The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5180@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5181@end ifset
5182@ifclear GENERIC
5183@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5184On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5185in @sc{ieee} format.
5186@end ifset
5187@end ifclear
5188
5189@node Eject
5190@section @code{.eject}
5191
5192@cindex @code{eject} directive
5193@cindex new page, in listings
5194@cindex page, in listings
5195@cindex listing control: new page
5196Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5197
5198@node Else
5199@section @code{.else}
5200
5201@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5202@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5203assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5204of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5205was false.
5206
3fd9f047
TW
5207@node Elseif
5208@section @code{.elseif}
5209
5210@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5211@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5212assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5213@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5214
252b5132
RH
5215@node End
5216@section @code{.end}
5217
5218@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5219@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5220process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5221
5222@ifset COFF
5223@node Endef
5224@section @code{.endef}
5225
5226@cindex @code{endef} directive
5227This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5228@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5229@end ifset
5230
5231@node Endfunc
5232@section @code{.endfunc}
5233@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5234@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5235
5236@node Endif
5237@section @code{.endif}
5238
5239@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5240@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5241it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5242conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5243
5244@node Equ
5245@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5246
5247@cindex @code{equ} directive
5248@cindex assigning values to symbols
5249@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5250This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5251It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5252
5253@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5254The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5255@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5256@end ifset
5257
3c9b82ba 5258@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5259The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5260@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5261On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5262but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5263Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5264@end ifset
5265
252b5132
RH
5266@node Equiv
5267@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5268@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5269The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5270the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5271symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5272undefined.
252b5132 5273
01642c12 5274Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5275@smallexample
5276.ifdef SYM
5277.err
5278.endif
5279.equ SYM,VAL
5280@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5281plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5282
5283@node Eqv
5284@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5285@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5286The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5287evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5288the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5289value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5290
5291@node Err
5292@section @code{.err}
5293@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5294If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5295message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5296object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5297
d190d046
HPN
5298@node Error
5299@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5300@cindex error directive
5301
5302Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5303string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5304message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5305@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5306
5307@smallexample
5308 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5309@end smallexample
5310
252b5132
RH
5311@node Exitm
5312@section @code{.exitm}
5313Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5314
5315@node Extern
5316@section @code{.extern}
5317
5318@cindex @code{extern} directive
5319@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5320with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5321all undefined symbols as external.
5322
5323@node Fail
5324@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5325
5326@cindex @code{fail} directive
5327Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5328or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5329than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5330include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5331complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5332
252b5132 5333@node File
14082c76 5334@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5335@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5336
5337@ifclear no-file-dir
5338There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5339that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5340@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5341
5342@subheading Default Version
5343
252b5132
RH
5344@cindex logical file name
5345@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5346This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5347are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5348
5349@smallexample
5350.file @var{string}
5351@end smallexample
5352
5353@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5354recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5355to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5356statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5357old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5358
5359@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5360@end ifclear
5361
14082c76
BW
5362When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5363to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5364
5365@smallexample
5366.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5367@end smallexample
5368
5369The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5370index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5496f3c6
NC
5371literal enclosed in double quotes. The @var{filename} can include directory
5372elements. If it does, then the directory will be added to the directory table
5373and the basename will be added to the file table.
14082c76
BW
5374
5375The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5376table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5377information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5378entries will have.
5379
5496f3c6
NC
5380If DWARF-5 support has been enabled via the @option{-gdwarf-5} option then
5381an extended version of the @code{file} is also allowed:
5382
5383@smallexample
5384.file @var{fileno} [@var{dirname}] @var{filename} [md5 @var{value}]
5385@end smallexample
5386
5387With this version a separate directory name is allowed, although if this is
5388used then @var{filename} should not contain any directory components. In
5389addtion an md5 hash value of the contents of @var{filename} can be provided.
5390This will be stored in the the file table as well, and can be used by tools
5391reading the debug information to verify that the contents of the source file
5392match the contents of the compiled file.
5393
252b5132
RH
5394@node Fill
5395@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5396
5397@cindex @code{fill} directive
5398@cindex writing patterns in memory
5399@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5400@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5401This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5402may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5403more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5404other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5405is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5406zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5407byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5408Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5409@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5410compatible with other people's assemblers.
5411
5412@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5413If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5414assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5415@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5416
5417@node Float
5418@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5419
5420@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5421@cindex @code{float} directive
5422This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5423has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5424@ifset GENERIC
5425The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5426@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5427@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5428@end ifset
5429@ifclear GENERIC
5430@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5431On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5432in @sc{ieee} format.
5433@end ifset
5434@end ifclear
5435
5436@node Func
5437@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5438@cindex @code{func} directive
5439@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5440is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5441Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5442@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5443prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5444@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5445All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5446The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5447
5448@node Global
5449@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5450
5451@cindex @code{global} directive
5452@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5453@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5454@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5455other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5456@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5457from another file linked into the same program.
5458
5459Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5460compatibility with other assemblers.
5461
5462@ifset HPPA
5463On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5464partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5465@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5466@end ifset
5467
c91d2e08 5468@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5469@node Gnu_attribute
5470@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5471Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5472
c91d2e08
NC
5473@node Hidden
5474@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5475
c1253627
NC
5476@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5477@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5478This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5479@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5480@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5481
5482This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5483their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5484@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5485Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5486@end ifset
5487
252b5132
RH
5488@node hword
5489@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5490
5491@cindex @code{hword} directive
5492@cindex integers, 16-bit
5493@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5494@cindex sixteen bit integers
5495This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5496a 16 bit number for each.
5497
5498@ifset GENERIC
5499This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5500architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5501@end ifset
5502@ifclear GENERIC
5503@ifset W32
5504This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5505@end ifset
5506@ifset W16
5507This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5508@end ifset
5509@end ifclear
5510
5511@node Ident
5512@section @code{.ident}
5513
5514@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5515
5516This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5517behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5518a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5519source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5520for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5521@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5522emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5523
5524@node If
5525@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5526
5527@cindex conditional assembly
5528@cindex @code{if} directive
5529@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5530considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5531(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5532the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5533(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5534alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5535If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5536nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5537
5538The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5539@table @code
5540@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5541@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5542Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5543has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5544is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5545
26aca5f6
JB
5546@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5547@item .ifb @var{text}
5548Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5549
252b5132
RH
5550@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5551@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5552Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5553strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5554the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5555end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5556string comparison is case sensitive.
5557
5558@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5559@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5560Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5561
5562@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5563@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5564Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5565
5566@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5567@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5568Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5569equal to zero.
5570
5571@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5572@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5573Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5574
5575@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5576@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5577Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5578to zero.
5579
5580@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5581@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5582Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5583
26aca5f6
JB
5584@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5585@item .ifnb @var{text}
5586Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5587following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5588
252b5132
RH
5589@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5590@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5591Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5592following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5593
5594@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5595@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5596@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5597@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5598Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5599has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5600which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5601
5602@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5603@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5604Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5605(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5606
5607@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5608@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5609Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5610following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5611@end table
5612
7e005732
NC
5613@node Incbin
5614@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5615
5616@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5617@cindex binary files, including
5618The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5619location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5620option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5621around @var{file}.
5622
5623The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5624@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5625read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5626responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5627after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5628
252b5132
RH
5629@node Include
5630@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5631
5632@cindex @code{include} directive
5633@cindex supporting files, including
5634@cindex files, including
5635This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5636points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5637if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5638included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5639can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5640(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5641around @var{file}.
5642
5643@node Int
5644@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5645
5646@cindex @code{int} directive
5647@cindex integers, 32-bit
5648Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5649For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5650expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5651of target the assembly is for.
5652
5653@ifclear GENERIC
5654@ifset H8
7be1c489 5655On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5656integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
565732-bit integers.
5658@end ifset
5659@end ifclear
5660
c91d2e08
NC
5661@ifset ELF
5662@node Internal
5663@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5664
c1253627
NC
5665@cindex @code{internal} directive
5666@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5667This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5668@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5669@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5670
5671This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5672their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5673@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5674(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5675processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5676@end ifset
5677
252b5132
RH
5678@node Irp
5679@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5680
5681@cindex @code{irp} directive
5682Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5683The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5684terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5685set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5686@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5687@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5688sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5689
5690For example, assembling
5691
5692@example
5693 .irp param,1,2,3
5694 move d\param,sp@@-
5695 .endr
5696@end example
5697
5698is equivalent to assembling
5699
5700@example
5701 move d1,sp@@-
5702 move d2,sp@@-
5703 move d3,sp@@-
5704@end example
5705
96e9638b 5706For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5707
252b5132
RH
5708@node Irpc
5709@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5710
5711@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5712Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5713The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5714terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5715@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5716assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5717assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5718@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5719
5720For example, assembling
5721
5722@example
5723 .irpc param,123
5724 move d\param,sp@@-
5725 .endr
5726@end example
5727
5728is equivalent to assembling
5729
5730@example
5731 move d1,sp@@-
5732 move d2,sp@@-
5733 move d3,sp@@-
5734@end example
5735
5e75c3ab
JB
5736For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5737at @xref{Macro}.
5738
252b5132
RH
5739@node Lcomm
5740@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5741
5742@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5743@cindex local common symbols
5744@cindex symbols, local common
5745Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5746denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5747those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5748section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5749is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5750not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5751
5752@ifset GENERIC
5753Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5754argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5755@end ifset
5756
5757@ifset HPPA
5758The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5759@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5760@end ifset
5761
5762@node Lflags
5763@section @code{.lflags}
5764
5765@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5766@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5767assemblers, but ignores it.
5768
5769@ifclear no-line-dir
5770@node Line
5771@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5772
5773@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5774@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5775@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5776Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5777expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5778statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5779reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5780@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5781for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5782@end ifset
5783
252b5132 5784Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5785@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5786when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5787were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5788@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5789
5790Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5791used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5792debugging.
5793@end ifclear
5794
5795@node Linkonce
5796@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5797@cindex COMDAT
5798@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5799@cindex common sections
5800Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5801This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5802but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5803The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5804Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5805unique.
5806
5807This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5808writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5809Executable format used on Windows NT.
5810
5811The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5812following strings. For example:
5813@smallexample
5814.linkonce same_size
5815@end smallexample
5816Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5817
5818@table @code
5819@item discard
5820Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5821
5822@item one_only
5823Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5824
5825@item same_size
5826Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5827
5828@item same_contents
5829Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5830@end table
5831
ccf8a69b
BW
5832@node List
5833@section @code{.list}
5834
5835@cindex @code{list} directive
5836@cindex listing control, turning on
5837Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5838not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5839internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5840counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5841generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5842
5843By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5844@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5845the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5846
252b5132
RH
5847@node Ln
5848@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5849
5850@cindex @code{ln} directive
5851@ifclear no-line-dir
5852@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5853@end ifclear
5854@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5855Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5856must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5857line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5858statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5859line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5860@end ifset
5861
ccf8a69b
BW
5862@node Loc
5863@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5864@cindex @code{loc} directive
5865When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5866the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5867number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5868instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5869arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5870the row is added.
252b5132 5871
ccf8a69b
BW
5872The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5873
5874@table @code
5875@item basic_block
5876This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5877@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5878
5879@item prologue_end
5880This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5881@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5882
5883@item epilogue_begin
5884This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5885@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5886
5887@item is_stmt @var{value}
5888This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5889@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5890either 0 or 1.
5891
5892@item isa @var{value}
5893This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5894state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5895
92846e72
CC
5896@item discriminator @var{value}
5897This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5898state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5899
ba8826a8
AO
5900@item view @var{value}
5901This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5902current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5903instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5904@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5905@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5906directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5907@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5908that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5909location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5910the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5911@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5912
ccf8a69b
BW
5913@end table
5914
5915@node Loc_mark_labels
5916@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5917@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5918When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5919the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5920to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5921register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5922The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5923this function respectively.
252b5132 5924
4d4175af
BW
5925@ifset ELF
5926@node Local
5927@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5928
5929@cindex @code{local} directive
5930This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5931the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5932will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5933they will be created.
5934
5935For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5936accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5937the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5938(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5939@end ifset
5940
252b5132
RH
5941@node Long
5942@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5943
5944@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5945@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5946
5947@ignore
5948@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5949@c what it really ought to do
5950@node Lsym
5951@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5952
5953@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5954@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5955@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5956the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5957rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5958the same as the expression value:
5959@smallexample
5960@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5961@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5962@var{value} = @var{expression}
5963@end smallexample
5964@noindent
5965The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5966@end ignore
5967
5968@node Macro
5969@section @code{.macro}
5970
5971@cindex macros
5972The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5973generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5974@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5975
5976@example
5977 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5978 .long \from
5979 .if \to-\from
5980 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5981 .endif
5982 .endm
5983@end example
5984
5985@noindent
5986With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5987
5988@example
5989 .long 0
5990 .long 1
5991 .long 2
5992 .long 3
5993 .long 4
5994 .long 5
5995@end example
5996
5997@ftable @code
5998@item .macro @var{macname}
5999@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
6000@cindex @code{macro} directive
6001Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
6002definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
6003separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
6004indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
6005@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
6006(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
6007macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
6008cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 6009subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 6010definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
6011
6012@table @code
6013@item .macro comm
6014Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
6015arguments.
6016
6258339f 6017@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
6018@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
6019Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
6020which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
6021@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
6022
6023@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
6024Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
6025arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
6026After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
6027@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
6028@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
6029,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
6030@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 6031
6eaeac8a
JB
6032@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
6033Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
6034arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
6035not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
6036will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
6037
252b5132
RH
6038When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
6039position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
6040@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
6041
6258339f
NC
6042@end table
6043
5e75c3ab
JB
6044Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
6045as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
6046occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 6047characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 6048(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 6049architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
6050character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
6051replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
6052construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
6053identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
6054this macro definition:
6055
6056@example
6057 .macro label l
6058\l:
6059 .endm
6060@end example
6061
6062might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6063called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6064assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6065identifier.
6066
6067Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6068which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6069for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6070length specifier like this:
6071
6072@example
6073 .macro opcode base length
6074 \base.\length
6075 .endm
6076@end example
6077
6078and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6079instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6080interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6081
6082There are several possible ways around this problem:
6083
6084@table @code
6085@item Insert white space
6086If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6087solution. eg:
6088
6089@example
6090 .macro label l
6091\l :
6092 .endm
6093@end example
6094
6095@item Use @samp{\()}
6096The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6097the following text. eg:
6098
6099@example
6100 .macro opcode base length
6101 \base\().\length
6102 .endm
6103@end example
6104
6105@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6106In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6107used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6108
6109@example
6110 .altmacro
6111 .macro label l
6112l&:
6113 .endm
6114@end example
6258339f 6115@end table
5e75c3ab 6116
96e9638b 6117Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6118also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6119and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6120
252b5132
RH
6121@item .endm
6122@cindex @code{endm} directive
6123Mark the end of a macro definition.
6124
6125@item .exitm
6126@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6127Exit early from the current macro definition.
6128
6129@cindex number of macros executed
6130@cindex macros, count executed
6131@item \@@
a4fb0134 6132@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6133executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6134output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6135
252b5132
RH
6136@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6137@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6138macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6139@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6140@end ftable
252b5132 6141
ccf8a69b
BW
6142@node MRI
6143@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6144
ccf8a69b
BW
6145@cindex @code{mri} directive
6146@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6147If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6148@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6149affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6150of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6151
caa32fe5
NC
6152@node Noaltmacro
6153@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6154Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6155
252b5132
RH
6156@node Nolist
6157@section @code{.nolist}
6158
6159@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6160@cindex listing control, turning off
6161Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6162not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6163internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6164counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6165generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6166
8f065d3b
L
6167@node Nops
6168@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6169
8f065d3b 6170@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6171@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6172This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6173@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6174@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6175the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6176zero.
6177
6178Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6179the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6180are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6181older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6182tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6183instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6184
252b5132
RH
6185@node Octa
6186@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6187
a8eb42a8 6188@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6189@cindex @code{octa} directive
6190@cindex integer, 16-byte
6191@cindex sixteen byte integer
6192This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6193bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6194
6195The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6196hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6197
9aec2026
NC
6198@node Offset
6199@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6200
6201@cindex @code{offset} directive
6202Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6203be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6204symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6205directive.
9aec2026 6206
252b5132
RH
6207@node Org
6208@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6209
6210@cindex @code{org} directive
6211@cindex location counter, advancing
6212@cindex advancing location counter
6213@cindex current address, advancing
6214Advance the location counter of the current section to
6215@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6216expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6217you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6218wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6219with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6220@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6221is the same as the current subsection.
6222
6223@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6224unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6225backwards.
6226
6227@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6228@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6229@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6230Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6231may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6232a chance to share your improved assembler.
6233
6234Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6235to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6236people's assemblers.
6237
6238When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6239intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6240absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6241@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6242
6243@node P2align
915808f6 6244@section @code{.p2align[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
6245
6246@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6247@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6248Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6249storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6250number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6251advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 6252counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
915808f6
NC
6253multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted then a
6254default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
6255
6256The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6257padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6258padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6259marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6260with no-op instructions.
6261
6262The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6263it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6264directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6265specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6266fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6267required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6268with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6269
6270@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6271@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6272The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6273@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6274pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6275fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62762,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6277filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6278the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6279undefined.
6280
ccf8a69b
BW
6281@ifset ELF
6282@node PopSection
6283@section @code{.popsection}
6284
6285@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6286@cindex Section Stack
6287This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6288@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6289@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6290(@pxref{Previous}).
6291
6292This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6293section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6294stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6295@end ifset
6296
c91d2e08
NC
6297@ifset ELF
6298@node Previous
6299@section @code{.previous}
6300
c1253627 6301@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6302@cindex Section Stack
6303This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6304@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6305@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6306(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6307
6308This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6309referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6310@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6311subsections). For example:
6312
6313@smallexample
6314.section A
6315 .subsection 1
6316 .word 0x1234
6317 .subsection 2
6318 .word 0x5678
6319.previous
6320 .word 0x9abc
6321@end smallexample
6322
6323Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6324section A. Whilst:
6325
6326@smallexample
6327.section A
6328.subsection 1
6329 # Now in section A subsection 1
6330 .word 0x1234
6331.section B
6332.subsection 0
6333 # Now in section B subsection 0
6334 .word 0x5678
6335.subsection 1
6336 # Now in section B subsection 1
6337 .word 0x9abc
6338.previous
6339 # Now in section B subsection 0
6340 .word 0xdef0
6341@end smallexample
6342
6343Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6344section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6345
6346In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6347the top section on the section stack.
6348@end ifset
6349
252b5132
RH
6350@node Print
6351@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6352
6353@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6354@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6355assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6356
c91d2e08
NC
6357@ifset ELF
6358@node Protected
6359@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6360
c1253627
NC
6361@cindex @code{protected} directive
6362@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6363This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6364@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6365
6366This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6367their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6368@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6369components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6370component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6371this.
c91d2e08
NC
6372@end ifset
6373
252b5132
RH
6374@node Psize
6375@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6376
6377@cindex @code{psize} directive
6378@cindex listing control: paper size
6379@cindex paper size, for listings
6380Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6381number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6382
6383If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6384of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6385default width is 200 columns.
6386
a4fb0134 6387@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6388lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6389@code{.eject}).
6390
6391If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6392those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6393
6394@node Purgem
6395@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6396
6397@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6398Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6399expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6400
c91d2e08
NC
6401@ifset ELF
6402@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6403@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6404
c1253627 6405@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6406@cindex Section Stack
6407This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6408@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6409@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6410(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6411
e9863d7f
DJ
6412This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6413top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6414subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6415@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6416as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6417@end ifset
6418
252b5132
RH
6419@node Quad
6420@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6421
6422@cindex @code{quad} directive
6423@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6424each bignum, it emits
6425@ifclear bignum-16
6426an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6427warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6428@cindex eight-byte integer
6429@cindex integer, 8-byte
6430
6431The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6432hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6433@end ifclear
6434@ifset bignum-16
6435a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6436warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6437@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6438@cindex integer, 16-byte
6439@end ifset
6440
05e9452c
AM
6441@node Reloc
6442@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6443
6444@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6445Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6446@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6447the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6448symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6449@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6450absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6451targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6452relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6453section.
6454
252b5132
RH
6455@node Rept
6456@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6457
6458@cindex @code{rept} directive
6459Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6460@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6461
6462For example, assembling
6463
6464@example
6465 .rept 3
6466 .long 0
6467 .endr
6468@end example
6469
6470is equivalent to assembling
6471
6472@example
6473 .long 0
6474 .long 0
6475 .long 0
6476@end example
6477
808811a3
NC
6478A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6479allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6480
252b5132
RH
6481@node Sbttl
6482@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6483
6484@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6485@cindex subtitles for listings
6486@cindex listing control: subtitle
6487Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6488title line) when generating assembly listings.
6489
6490This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6491it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6492
6493@ifset COFF
6494@node Scl
6495@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6496
6497@cindex @code{scl} directive
6498@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6499@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6500Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6501used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6502whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6503symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6504@end ifset
6505
c1253627 6506@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6507@node Section
c1253627 6508@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6509
252b5132
RH
6510@cindex named section
6511Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6512named @var{name}.
6513
6514This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6515named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6516with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6517
c1253627
NC
6518@ifset COFF
6519@ifset ELF
6520@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6521@subheading COFF Version
6522@end ifset
6523
6524@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6525For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6526ways:
c91d2e08 6527
252b5132
RH
6528@smallexample
6529.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6530.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6531@end smallexample
6532
6533If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6534section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6535
252b5132
RH
6536@table @code
6537@item b
6538bss section (uninitialized data)
6539@item n
6540section is not loaded
6541@item w
6542writable section
6543@item d
6544data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6545@item e
6546exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6547@item r
6548read-only section
6549@item x
6550executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6551@item s
6552shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6553@item a
6554ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6555@item y
6556section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6557@item 0-9
6558single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6559@end table
6560
6561If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6562the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6563loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6564from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6565will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6566
6567If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6568taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6569@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6570
6571@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6572@ifset COFF
6573@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6574@subheading ELF Version
6575@end ifset
6576
c91d2e08
NC
6577@cindex Section Stack
6578This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6579@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6580(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6581@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6582
c1253627 6583@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6584For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6585
252b5132 6586@smallexample
7047dd1e 6587.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6588@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6589
451133ce
NP
6590@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6591@kindex --sectname-subst
6592@cindex section name substitution
6593If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6594argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6595at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6596
6597@smallexample
6598.macro exception_code
6599.section %S.exception
6600[exception code here]
6601.previous
6602.endm
6603
6604.text
6605[code]
6606exception_code
6607[...]
6608
6609.section .init
6610[init code]
6611exception_code
6612[...]
6613@end smallexample
6614
6615The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6616@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6617This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6618tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6619need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6620macros just for that purpose.
6621
252b5132 6622The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6623combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6624
252b5132
RH
6625@table @code
6626@item a
6627section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6628@item d
6629section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6630@item e
6631section is excluded from executable and shared library.
b7d07216
L
6632@item o
6633section references a symbol defined in another section (the linked-to
6634section) in the same file.
252b5132
RH
6635@item w
6636section is writable
6637@item x
6638section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6639@item M
6640section is mergeable
6641@item S
6642section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6643@item G
6644section is a member of a section group
6645@item T
6646section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6647@item ?
6648section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6649@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6650a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6651field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6652also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6653resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6654@item @code{<target specific>}
6655some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6656@end table
6657
9fb71ee4
NC
6658Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6659a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6660flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6661@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6662(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6663section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6664
252b5132 6665The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6666
252b5132
RH
6667@table @code
6668@item @@progbits
6669section contains data
6670@item @@nobits
6671section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6672@item @@note
6673section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6674@item @@init_array
6675section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6676@item @@fini_array
6677section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6678@item @@preinit_array
6679section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6680@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6681a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6682@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6683some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6684@end table
6685
9fb71ee4
NC
6686Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6687enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6688
ececec60
NC
6689Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6690ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6691@code{%} character.
6692
9fb71ee4
NC
6693Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6694special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6695type will generate an error from the assembler.
6696
22fe14ad 6697If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6698be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6699
6700@smallexample
6701.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6702@end smallexample
6703
6704Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6705constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6706@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6707@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6708the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6709absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6710which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6711@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6712@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad 6713
b7d07216
L
6714If @var{flags} contains the @code{o} flag, then the @var{type} argument
6715must be present along with an additional field like this:
6716
6717@smallexample
6718.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"o,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName}
6719@end smallexample
6720
6721The @var{SymbolName} field specifies the symbol name which the section
6722references.
6723
6724Note: If both the @var{M} and @var{o} flags are present, then the fields
6725for the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6726
6727@smallexample
6728.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"Mo,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{SymbolName}
6729@end smallexample
6730
22fe14ad
NC
6731If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6732be present along with an additional field like this:
6733
6734@smallexample
6735.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6736@end smallexample
6737
6738The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6739particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6740
22fe14ad
NC
6741@table @code
6742@item comdat
6743indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6744@item .gnu.linkonce
6745an alias for comdat
6746@end table
6747
96e9638b 6748Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6749the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6750
6751@smallexample
6752.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6753@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6754
b7d07216
L
6755If both @code{o} flag and @code{G} flag are present, then the
6756@var{SymbolName} field for @code{o} comes first, like this:
6757
6758@smallexample
6759.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"oG,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}]
6760@end smallexample
6761
01642c12
RM
6762If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6763@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6764present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6765this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6766@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6767If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6768
a8c4d40b
L
6769The optional @var{unique,@code{<number>}} argument must come last. It
6770assigns @var{@code{<number>}} as a unique section ID to distinguish
6771different sections with the same section name like these:
6772
6773@smallexample
6774.section @var{name},"@var{flags}",@@@var{type},@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6775.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"G,@@@var{type},@var{GroupName},[@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6776.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"MG,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6777@end smallexample
6778
6779The valid values of @var{@code{<number>}} are between 0 and 4294967295.
6780
252b5132
RH
6781If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6782the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6783none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6784executable. The section will contain data.
6785
6786For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6787directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6788
252b5132
RH
6789@smallexample
6790.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6791@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6792
252b5132
RH
6793Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6794separated flags:
eda683bb 6795
252b5132
RH
6796@table @code
6797@item #alloc
6798section is allocatable
6799@item #write
6800section is writable
6801@item #execinstr
6802section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6803@item #exclude
6804section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6805@item #tls
6806section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6807@end table
c91d2e08 6808
e9863d7f
DJ
6809This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6810contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6811some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6812work.
c1253627
NC
6813@end ifset
6814@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6815
6816@node Set
6817@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6818
6819@cindex @code{set} directive
6820@cindex symbol value, setting
6821Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6822changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6823@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6824flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6825
5d239759
NC
6826You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6827values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6828involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6829being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6830addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6831final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6832the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6833different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6834
6835If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6836file is the last value stored into it.
6837
3c9b82ba 6838@ifset Z80
6655dba2 6839On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use @code{.set} or
3c9b82ba
NC
6840@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6841@end ifset
6842
252b5132
RH
6843@node Short
6844@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6845
6846@cindex @code{short} directive
6847@ifset GENERIC
6848@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6849@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6850
6851In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6852numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6853@end ifset
6854@ifclear GENERIC
6855@ifset W16
6856@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6857@end ifset
6858@ifset W32
6859This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6860a 16 bit number for each.
6861@end ifset
6862@end ifclear
6863
6864@node Single
6865@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6866
6867@cindex @code{single} directive
6868@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6869This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6870has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6871@ifset GENERIC
6872The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6873@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6874@end ifset
6875@ifclear GENERIC
6876@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6877On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6878numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6879@end ifset
6880@end ifclear
6881
c1253627 6882@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6883@node Size
c1253627 6884@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6885
c1253627
NC
6886This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6887
6888@ifset COFF
6889@ifset ELF
6890@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6891@subheading COFF Version
6892@end ifset
6893
6894@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6895For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6896@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6897
6898@smallexample
6899.size @var{expression}
6900@end smallexample
252b5132 6901
c1253627 6902@end ifset
c91d2e08 6903
c1253627
NC
6904@ifset ELF
6905@ifset COFF
6906@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6907@subheading ELF Version
6908@end ifset
6909
6910@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6911For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6912
c1253627
NC
6913@smallexample
6914.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6915@end smallexample
6916
6917This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6918The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6919arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6920symbols.
c1253627
NC
6921@end ifset
6922@end ifset
252b5132 6923
252b5132
RH
6924@ifclear no-space-dir
6925@node Skip
340d33e5 6926@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6927
6928@cindex @code{skip} directive
6929@cindex filling memory
6930This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6931@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6932@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6933@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6934@end ifclear
252b5132 6935
ccf8a69b
BW
6936@node Sleb128
6937@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6938
6939@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6940@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6941compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6942symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6943
884f0d36 6944@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6945@node Space
340d33e5 6946@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6947
6948@cindex @code{space} directive
6949@cindex filling memory
6950This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6951@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6952and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6953as @samp{.skip}.
6954
6955@ifset HPPA
6956@quotation
6957@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6958targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6959Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6960@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6961for a summary.
6962@end quotation
6963@end ifset
6964@end ifclear
6965
252b5132
RH
6966@ifset have-stabs
6967@node Stab
6968@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6969
6970@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6971@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6972There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6973All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6974The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6975cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6976Up to five fields are required:
6977
6978@table @var
6979@item string
6980This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6981@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6982debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6983using this field.
6984
6985@item type
6986An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6987this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6988and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6989
6990@item other
6991An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6992low 8 bits of this expression.
6993
6994@item desc
6995An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6996bits of this expression.
6997
6998@item value
6999An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
7000@end table
7001
7002If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
7003or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
7004you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
7005compatible with earlier assemblers!
7006
7007@table @code
7008@cindex @code{stabd} directive
7009@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
7010
7011The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
7012It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
7013null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
7014strings.
7015
7016The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
7017relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
7018is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
7019assembled.
7020
7021@cindex @code{stabn} directive
7022@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7023The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
7024
7025@cindex @code{stabs} directive
7026@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7027All five fields are specified.
7028@end table
7029@end ifset
7030@c end have-stabs
7031
7032@node String
38a57ae7 7033@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 7034"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
7035
7036@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
7037@cindex string8, copying to object file
7038@cindex string16, copying to object file
7039@cindex string32, copying to object file
7040@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 7041@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
7042@cindex @code{string8} directive
7043@cindex @code{string16} directive
7044@cindex @code{string32} directive
7045@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
7046
7047Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
7048one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
7049particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
7050You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
7051
01642c12 7052The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
7053the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
7054copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
7055are stored in target endianness byte order.
7056
7057Example:
7058@smallexample
7059 .string32 "BYE"
7060expands to:
7061 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
7062 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
7063@end smallexample
7064
7065
252b5132
RH
7066@node Struct
7067@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
7068
7069@cindex @code{struct} directive
7070Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
7071which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
7072@smallexample
7073 .struct 0
7074field1:
7075 .struct field1 + 4
7076field2:
7077 .struct field2 + 4
7078field3:
7079@end smallexample
7080This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
7081@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
7082value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
7083use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
7084before further assembly.
7085
c91d2e08
NC
7086@ifset ELF
7087@node SubSection
7088@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
7089
c1253627 7090@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7091@cindex Section Stack
7092This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
7093@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
7094@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 7095(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
7096
7097This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
7098section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
7099in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7100@end ifset
7101
252b5132
RH
7102@ifset ELF
7103@node Symver
7104@section @code{.symver}
7105@cindex @code{symver} directive
7106@cindex symbol versioning
7107@cindex versions of symbols
7108Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7109within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7110typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7111There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7112into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7113shared library.
7114
79082ff0 7115For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132 7116@smallexample
6914be53 7117.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}[ ,@var{visibility}]
252b5132 7118@end smallexample
6914be53 7119If the original symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7120being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7121alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7122just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7123permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7124of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7125itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7126have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7127file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7128function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7129the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7130building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7131symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6914be53
L
7132nodename of the symbol you are trying to override. The optional argument
7133@var{visibility} updates the visibility of the original symbol. The valid
31c89d60 7134visibilities are @code{local}, @code{hidden}, and @code{remove}. The
6914be53
L
7135@code{local} visibility makes the original symbol a local symbol
7136(@pxref{Local}). The @code{hidden} visibility sets the visibility of the
7137original symbol to @code{hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}). The @code{remove}
31c89d60
AM
7138visibility removes the original symbol from the symbol table. If visibility
7139isn't specified, the original symbol is unchanged.
339681c0
L
7140
7141If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7142references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7143reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7144symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7145
7146Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7147@smallexample
7148.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7149@end smallexample
7150In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7151the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7152difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7153references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7154
7155The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7156@smallexample
7157.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7158@end smallexample
7159When @var{name} is not defined within the
7160file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7161@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7162name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7163@end ifset
7164
7165@ifset COFF
7166@node Tag
7167@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7168
7169@cindex COFF structure debugging
7170@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7171@cindex @code{tag} directive
7172This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7173information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7174@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7175definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7176@end ifset
7177
7178@node Text
7179@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7180
7181@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7182Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7183the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7184expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7185is used.
7186
7187@node Title
7188@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7189
7190@cindex @code{title} directive
7191@cindex listing control: title line
7192Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7193source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7194
7195This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7196it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7197
c1253627 7198@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7199@node Type
c1253627
NC
7200@section @code{.type}
7201
7202This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7203
7204@ifset COFF
7205@ifset ELF
7206@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7207@subheading COFF Version
7208@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7209
7210@cindex COFF symbol type
7211@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7212@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7213For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7214@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7215
7216@smallexample
7217.type @var{int}
7218@end smallexample
7219
7220This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7221entry.
252b5132 7222
c1253627 7223@end ifset
c91d2e08 7224
c1253627
NC
7225@ifset ELF
7226@ifset COFF
7227@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7228@subheading ELF Version
7229@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7230
7231@cindex ELF symbol type
7232@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7233@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7234For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7235
7236@smallexample
7237.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7238@end smallexample
7239
7240This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7241function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7242supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7243compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7244
7245Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7246@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7247below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7248the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7249maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7250assemblers.
7251
7252The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7253
7254@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7255 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7256 .type <name>,#<type>
7257 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7258 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7259 .type <name>,"<type>"
7260@end smallexample
7261
7262The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7263
5671778d
NC
7264@table @gcctabopt
7265@item STT_FUNC
7266@itemx function
7267Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7268
d8045f23
NC
7269@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7270@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7271Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7272processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7273
5671778d
NC
7274@item STT_OBJECT
7275@itemx object
7276Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7277
7278@item STT_TLS
7279@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7280Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7281
7282@item STT_COMMON
7283@itemx common
7284Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7285
7286@item STT_NOTYPE
7287@itemx notype
7288Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7289
3e7a7d11
NC
7290@item gnu_unique_object
7291Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7292will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7293name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7294systems).
3e7a7d11 7295
5671778d
NC
7296@end table
7297
f2d4ba38
JB
7298Changing between incompatible types other than from/to STT_NOTYPE will
7299result in a diagnostic. An intermediate change to STT_NOTYPE will silence
7300this.
7301
5671778d 7302Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7303
c1253627
NC
7304@end ifset
7305@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7306
7307@node Uleb128
7308@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7309
7310@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7311@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7312compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7313symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7314
7315@ifset COFF
7316@node Val
7317@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7318
7319@cindex @code{val} directive
7320@cindex COFF value attribute
7321@cindex value attribute, COFF
7322This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7323records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7324entry.
252b5132
RH
7325@end ifset
7326
2e13b764 7327@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7328@node Version
7329@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7330
c1253627 7331@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7332This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7333formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7334@end ifset
2e13b764 7335
c91d2e08
NC
7336@ifset ELF
7337@node VTableEntry
7338@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7339
653cfe85 7340@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7341This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7342@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7343
c91d2e08
NC
7344@node VTableInherit
7345@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7346
653cfe85 7347@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7348This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7349@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7350parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7351parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7352@end ifset
2e13b764 7353
d190d046
HPN
7354@node Warning
7355@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7356@cindex warning directive
7357Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7358(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7359
c91d2e08
NC
7360@node Weak
7361@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7362
c1253627 7363@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7364This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7365@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7366
01642c12 7367On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7368directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7369@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7370
977cdf5a 7371On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7372When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7373alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7374
06e77878
AO
7375@node Weakref
7376@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7377
7378@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7379This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7380be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7381If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7382will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7383symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7384
7385The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7386assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7387symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7388resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7389had the references to the alias removed.
7390
7391The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7392within the assembler.
7393
252b5132
RH
7394@node Word
7395@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7396
7397@cindex @code{word} directive
7398This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7399separated by commas.
7400@ifclear GENERIC
7401@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7402For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7403@end ifset
7404@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7405For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7406@end ifset
7407@end ifclear
7408@ifset GENERIC
7409
7410The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7411depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7412@end ifset
7413
a8eb42a8 7414@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7415@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7416@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7417@cindex difference tables altered
7418@cindex altered difference tables
7419@quotation
7420@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7421@end quotation
7422
7423@ifset GENERIC
7424Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7425addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7426interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7427@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7428
7429@end ifset
7430In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7431@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7432Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7433compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7434directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7435@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7436creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7437This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7438first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7439of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7440table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7441contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7442@code{sym2}.
7443
7444If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7445secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7446@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7447long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7448and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7449minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7450entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7451
7452@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7453@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7454@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7455assembly language programmers.
7456@end ifset
7457@end ifset
7458@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7459
7ce98c16
NC
7460@ifclear no-space-dir
7461@node Zero
7462@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7463
7464@cindex @code{zero} directive
7465@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7466This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7467expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
900e33b9 7468so it can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7ce98c16
NC
7469instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7470@end ifclear
7471
2b841ec2
AM
7472@ifset ELF
7473@node 2byte
ea86f534 7474@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7475@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7476@cindex two-byte integer
7477@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7478
e406e428
NC
7479This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7480are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7481is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7482section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7483in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7484bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7485at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7486value at link time.
7487
7488This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7489values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7490different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7491
8b1e5da1 7492This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7493
7494@node 4byte
ea86f534 7495@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7496@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7497@cindex four-byte integer
7498@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7499
e406e428
NC
7500Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7501long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7502
7503@node 8byte
ea86f534 7504@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7505@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7506@cindex eight-byte integer
7507@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7508
e21126b7 7509Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7510byte long bignum values into the output.
7511
2b841ec2
AM
7512@end ifset
7513
252b5132
RH
7514@node Deprecated
7515@section Deprecated Directives
7516
7517@cindex deprecated directives
7518@cindex obsolescent directives
7519One day these directives won't work.
7520They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7521@table @t
7522@item .abort
7523@item .line
7524@end table
7525
3a99f02f
DJ
7526@ifset ELF
7527@node Object Attributes
7528@chapter Object Attributes
7529@cindex object attributes
7530
7531@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7532into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7533Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7534point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7535requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7536passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7537hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7538generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7539newer generation at run-time.
7540
7541This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7542@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7543time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7544correctly.
7545
7546Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7547attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7548string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7549and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7550or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7551attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7552
7553Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7554The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7555
7556@menu
7557* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7558* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7559@end menu
7560
7561@node GNU Object Attributes
7562@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7563
7564The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7565with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7566
7567Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7568its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7569an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
75702} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7571architecture-dependent ones.
7572
7573@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7574
7575These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7576
7577@table @r
7578@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7579The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7580the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7581then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7582than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7583arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7584@end table
7585
7586@subsection MIPS Attributes
7587
7588@table @r
7589@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7590The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7591
7592@itemize @bullet
7593@item
75940 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7595@item
f179c512
MF
75961 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7597double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7598@item
75992 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7600@item
76013 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7602@item
f179c512
MF
76034 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7604floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7605number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7606@item
76075 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7608with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7609general-purpose registers.
7610@item
76116 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7612registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7613@item
76147 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7615registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7616direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7617@end itemize
7618@end table
7619
7620@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7621
7622@table @r
7623@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7624The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7625
7626@itemize @bullet
7627@item
76280 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7629@item
3c7b9897 76301 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7631@item
76322 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7633@item
76343 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7635@end itemize
7636
7637@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7638The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7639
7640@itemize @bullet
7641@item
76420 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7643@item
76441 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7645@item
76462 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7647@item
76483 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7649@end itemize
7650@end table
7651
643f7afb
AK
7652@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7653
7654@table @r
7655@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7656The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7657
7658@itemize @bullet
7659@item
76600 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7661@item
76621 for files using software vector ABI.
7663@item
76642 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7665@end itemize
7666@end table
7667
c0ea7c52
JL
7668@subsection MSP430 Attributes
7669
7670@table @r
7671@item Tag_GNU_MSP430_Data_Region (4)
7672The data region used by this object file. The value will be:
7673
7674@itemize @bullet
7675@item
76760 for files not using the large memory model.
7677@item
76781 for files which have been compiled with the condition that all
7679data is in the lower memory region, i.e. below address 0x10000.
7680@item
76812 for files which allow data to be placed in the full 20-bit memory range.
7682@end itemize
7683@end table
7684
3a99f02f
DJ
7685@node Defining New Object Attributes
7686@section Defining New Object Attributes
7687
7688If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7689will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7690mailing list.
7691
7692@itemize @bullet
7693@item
7694This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7695@item
7696The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7697@item
7698The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7699and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7700@item
7701Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7702@item
7703@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7704@item
7705GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7706@end itemize
7707
7708@end ifset
7709
252b5132
RH
7710@ifset GENERIC
7711@node Machine Dependencies
7712@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7713
7714@cindex machine dependencies
7715The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7716each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7717vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7718directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7719assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7720@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7721optimization.
7722
7723This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7724include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7725subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7726
7727@menu
a06ea964
NC
7728@ifset AARCH64
7729* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7730@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7731@ifset ALPHA
7732* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7733@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7734@ifset ARC
7735* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7736@end ifset
7737@ifset ARM
7738* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7739@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7740@ifset AVR
7741* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7742@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7743@ifset Blackfin
7744* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7745@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
7746@ifset BPF
7747* BPF-Dependent:: BPF Dependent Features
7748@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7749@ifset CR16
7750* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7751@end ifset
8bf549a8 7752@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7753* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7754@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7755@ifset CSKY
7756* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7757@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7758@ifset D10V
7759* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7760@end ifset
7761@ifset D30V
7762* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7763@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7764@ifset EPIPHANY
7765* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7766@end ifset
252b5132 7767@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7768* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7769@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7770@ifset HPPA
7771* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7772@end ifset
7773@ifset I80386
55b62671 7774* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7775@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7776@ifset IA64
7777* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7778@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7779@ifset IP2K
7780* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7781@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7782@ifset LM32
7783* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7784@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7785@ifset M32C
7786* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7787@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7788@ifset M32R
7789* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7790@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7791@ifset M680X0
7792* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7793@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7794@ifset M68HC11
7795* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7796@end ifset
7b4ae824 7797@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7798* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7799@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7800@ifset METAG
7801* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7802@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7803@ifset MICROBLAZE
7804* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7805@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7806@ifset MIPS
7807* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7808@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7809@ifset MMIX
7810* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7811@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7812@ifset MSP430
7813* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7814@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7815@ifset NDS32
7816* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7817@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7818@ifset NIOSII
7819* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7820@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7821@ifset NS32K
7822* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7823@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7824@ifset OPENRISC
7825* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7826@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7827@ifset PDP11
7828* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7829@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7830@ifset PJ
7831* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7832@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7833@ifset PPC
7834* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7835@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7836@ifset PRU
7837* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7838@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7839@ifset RISCV
7840* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7841@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7842@ifset RL78
7843* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7844@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7845@ifset RX
7846* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7847@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7848@ifset S390
7849* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7850@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7851@ifset SCORE
7852* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7853@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7854@ifset SH
7855* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7856@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7857@ifset SPARC
7858* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7859@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7860@ifset TIC54X
7861* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7862@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7863@ifset TIC6X
7864* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7865@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7866@ifset TILEGX
7867* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7868@end ifset
7869@ifset TILEPRO
7870* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7871@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7872@ifset V850
7873* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7874@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7875@ifset VAX
7876* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7877@end ifset
7878@ifset VISIUM
7879* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7880@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7881@ifset WASM32
7882* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7883@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7884@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7885* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7886@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7887@ifset XSTORMY16
7888* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7889@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7890@ifset XTENSA
7891* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7892@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7893@ifset Z80
7894* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7895@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7896@ifset Z8000
7897* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7898@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7899@end menu
7900
7901@lowersections
7902@end ifset
7903
7904@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7905@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7906@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7907@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7908@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7909@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7910@c in both conditional blocks.
7911
a06ea964
NC
7912@ifset AARCH64
7913@include c-aarch64.texi
7914@end ifset
7915
625e1353
RH
7916@ifset ALPHA
7917@include c-alpha.texi
7918@end ifset
7919
7920@ifset ARC
7921@include c-arc.texi
7922@end ifset
7923
252b5132
RH
7924@ifset ARM
7925@include c-arm.texi
7926@end ifset
7927
8473f7a4
DC
7928@ifset AVR
7929@include c-avr.texi
7930@end ifset
7931
3b4e1885 7932@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7933@include c-bfin.texi
7934@end ifset
7935
f8861f5d
JM
7936@ifset BPF
7937@include c-bpf.texi
7938@end ifset
7939
3d3d428f
NC
7940@ifset CR16
7941@include c-cr16.texi
7942@end ifset
7943
328eb32e
HPN
7944@ifset CRIS
7945@include c-cris.texi
7946@end ifset
7947
b8891f8d
AJ
7948@ifset CSKY
7949@include c-csky.texi
7950@end ifset
7951
c2dcd04e 7952@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7953@ifclear GENERIC
7954@node Machine Dependencies
7955@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7956
c2dcd04e 7957The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7958and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7959chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7960family.
7961
7962@menu
c2dcd04e 7963* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7964* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7965@end menu
7966@lowersections
7967@end ifclear
7968@end ifset
7969
7970@ifset D10V
7971@include c-d10v.texi
7972@end ifset
7973
7974@ifset D30V
7975@include c-d30v.texi
7976@end ifset
7977
cfb8c092
NC
7978@ifset EPIPHANY
7979@include c-epiphany.texi
7980@end ifset
7981
252b5132
RH
7982@ifset H8/300
7983@include c-h8300.texi
7984@end ifset
7985
252b5132
RH
7986@ifset HPPA
7987@include c-hppa.texi
7988@end ifset
7989
7990@ifset I80386
7991@include c-i386.texi
7992@end ifset
7993
9e32ca89
NC
7994@ifset IA64
7995@include c-ia64.texi
7996@end ifset
7997
a40cbfa3
NC
7998@ifset IP2K
7999@include c-ip2k.texi
8000@end ifset
8001
84e94c90
NC
8002@ifset LM32
8003@include c-lm32.texi
8004@end ifset
8005
49f58d10
JB
8006@ifset M32C
8007@include c-m32c.texi
8008@end ifset
8009
ec694b89
NC
8010@ifset M32R
8011@include c-m32r.texi
8012@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8013
8014@ifset M680X0
8015@include c-m68k.texi
8016@end ifset
8017
60bcf0fa
NC
8018@ifset M68HC11
8019@include c-m68hc11.texi
8020@end ifset
8021
7b4ae824
JD
8022@ifset S12Z
8023@include c-s12z.texi
8024@end ifset
8025
a3c62988
NC
8026@ifset METAG
8027@include c-metag.texi
8028@end ifset
8029
01642c12 8030@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
8031@include c-microblaze.texi
8032@end ifset
8033
252b5132
RH
8034@ifset MIPS
8035@include c-mips.texi
8036@end ifset
8037
3c3bdf30
NC
8038@ifset MMIX
8039@include c-mmix.texi
8040@end ifset
8041
2469cfa2
NC
8042@ifset MSP430
8043@include c-msp430.texi
8044@end ifset
8045
35c08157
KLC
8046@ifset NDS32
8047@include c-nds32.texi
8048@end ifset
8049
36591ba1
SL
8050@ifset NIOSII
8051@include c-nios2.texi
8052@end ifset
8053
252b5132
RH
8054@ifset NS32K
8055@include c-ns32k.texi
8056@end ifset
8057
1f041c6e
SH
8058@ifset OPENRISC
8059@include c-or1k.texi
8060@end ifset
8061
e135f41b
NC
8062@ifset PDP11
8063@include c-pdp11.texi
8064@end ifset
8065
041dd5a9
ILT
8066@ifset PJ
8067@include c-pj.texi
8068@end ifset
8069
418c1742
MG
8070@ifset PPC
8071@include c-ppc.texi
8072@end ifset
8073
93f11b16
DD
8074@ifset PRU
8075@include c-pru.texi
8076@end ifset
8077
4f7eddc4
PD
8078@ifset RISCV
8079@include c-riscv.texi
8080@end ifset
8081
b57e49f7
JW
8082@ifset RL78
8083@include c-rl78.texi
8084@end ifset
8085
046d31c2
NC
8086@ifset RX
8087@include c-rx.texi
8088@end ifset
8089
11c19e16
MS
8090@ifset S390
8091@include c-s390.texi
8092@end ifset
8093
c0157db4
NC
8094@ifset SCORE
8095@include c-score.texi
8096@end ifset
8097
252b5132
RH
8098@ifset SH
8099@include c-sh.texi
8100@end ifset
8101
8102@ifset SPARC
8103@include c-sparc.texi
8104@end ifset
8105
39bec121
TW
8106@ifset TIC54X
8107@include c-tic54x.texi
8108@end ifset
8109
40b36596
JM
8110@ifset TIC6X
8111@include c-tic6x.texi
8112@end ifset
8113
aa137e4d
NC
8114@ifset TILEGX
8115@include c-tilegx.texi
8116@end ifset
8117
8118@ifset TILEPRO
8119@include c-tilepro.texi
8120@end ifset
8121
b6605ddd
EB
8122@ifset V850
8123@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
8124@end ifset
8125
8126@ifset VAX
8127@include c-vax.texi
8128@end ifset
8129
b6605ddd
EB
8130@ifset VISIUM
8131@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8132@end ifset
8133
f96bd6c2
PC
8134@ifset WASM32
8135@include c-wasm32.texi
8136@end ifset
8137
f6c1a2d5
NC
8138@ifset XGATE
8139@include c-xgate.texi
8140@end ifset
8141
6753e72f
NC
8142@ifset XSTORMY16
8143@include c-xstormy16.texi
8144@end ifset
8145
e0001a05
NC
8146@ifset XTENSA
8147@include c-xtensa.texi
8148@end ifset
8149
b6605ddd
EB
8150@ifset Z80
8151@include c-z80.texi
8152@end ifset
8153
8154@ifset Z8000
8155@include c-z8k.texi
8156@end ifset
8157
252b5132
RH
8158@ifset GENERIC
8159@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8160@raisesections
8161@end ifset
8162
8163@node Reporting Bugs
8164@chapter Reporting Bugs
8165@cindex bugs in assembler
8166@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8167
a4fb0134 8168Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8169
8170Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8171not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8172entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8173Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8174
8175In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8176information that enables us to fix the bug.
8177
8178@menu
8179* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8180* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8181@end menu
8182
8183@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8184@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8185@cindex bug criteria
8186
8187If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8188
8189@itemize @bullet
8190@cindex fatal signal
8191@cindex assembler crash
8192@cindex crash of assembler
8193@item
8194If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8195@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8196
8197@cindex error on valid input
8198@item
a4fb0134 8199If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8200
8201@cindex invalid input
8202@item
a4fb0134 8203If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8204is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8205be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8206
8207@item
8208If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8209of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8210@end itemize
8211
8212@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8213@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8214@cindex bug reports
8215@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8216
8217A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8218you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8219contact that organization first.
8220
8221You can find contact information for many support companies and
8222individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8223distribution.
8224
ad22bfe8 8225@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8226In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8227to @value{BUGURL}.
8228@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8229
8230The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8231@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8232fact or leave it out, state it!
8233
8234Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8235and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8236name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8237not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8238happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8239perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8240the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8241give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8242and the most helpful.
8243
8244Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8245it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8246that the bug has not been reported previously.
8247
8248Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8249bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8250respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8251You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8252
8253To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8254
8255@itemize @bullet
8256@item
a4fb0134 8257The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8258it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8259
8260Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8261the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8262
8263@item
a4fb0134 8264Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8265
8266@item
8267The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8268version number.
8269
8270@item
a4fb0134 8271What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8272``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8273
8274@item
8275The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8276observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8277all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8278
8279If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8280and then we might not encounter the bug.
8281
8282@item
8283A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8284the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8285high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8286when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8287the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8288file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8289@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8290
8291@item
8292A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8293incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8294
a4fb0134 8295Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8296will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8297notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8298make a mistake.
8299
8300Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8301explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8302@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8303library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8304would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8305would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8306expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8307observations.
8308
8309@item
a4fb0134 8310If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8311diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8312option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8313discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8314by line number.
8315
8316The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8317sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8318@end itemize
8319
8320Here are some things that are not necessary:
8321
8322@itemize @bullet
8323@item
8324A description of the envelope of the bug.
8325
8326Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8327which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8328changes will not affect it.
8329
8330This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8331will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8332with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8333We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8334
8335Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8336of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8337output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8338less time, and so on.
8339
8340However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8341report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8342
8343@item
8344A patch for the bug.
8345
8346A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8347the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8348a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8349to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8350
a4fb0134 8351Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8352construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8353the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8354one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8355
8356And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8357patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8358help us to understand.
8359
8360@item
8361A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8362
8363Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8364things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8365@end itemize
8366
8367@node Acknowledgements
8368@chapter Acknowledgements
8369
653cfe85 8370If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8371it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8372maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8373@c (October 2012),
8374the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8375
8376Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8377more details?}
8378
8379Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8380information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8381extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8382
8383K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8384many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8385up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8386testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8387including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8388and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8389support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8390port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8391file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8392assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8393
8394Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8395in format-specific I/O modules.
8396
8397The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8398has done much work with it since.
8399
8400The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8401
8402Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8403
8404The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8405University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8406
8407Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8408(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8409(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8410support a.out format.
8411
7be1c489
AM
8412Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8413tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8414Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8415use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8416targets.
8417
8418John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8419simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8420updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8421fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8422remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8423cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8424required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8425
8426Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
842768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8428added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8429PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8430
653cfe85 8431Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8432
8433Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8434
8435Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8436along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8437formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8438the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8439
8440Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8441Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8442Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8443Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8444and some initial 64-bit support).
8445
c1253627 8446Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8447
252b5132
RH
8448Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8449support for openVMS/Alpha.
8450
39bec121
TW
8451Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8452flavors.
8453
e0001a05 8454David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8455Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8456
252b5132
RH
8457Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8458configuration enhancements.
8459
84e94c90
NC
8460Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8461
252b5132
RH
8462Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8463you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8464want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8465intentionally leaving anyone out.
8466
793c5807
NC
8467@node GNU Free Documentation License
8468@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8469@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8470
370b66a1
CD
8471@node AS Index
8472@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8473
8474@printindex cp
8475
252b5132
RH
8476@bye
8477@c Local Variables:
8478@c fill-column: 79
8479@c End: